Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in config
tc-arc.c revision 1.1.1.4
      1      1.1  christos /* tc-arc.c -- Assembler for the ARC
      2  1.1.1.4  christos    Copyright (C) 1994-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3  1.1.1.2  christos 
      4  1.1.1.2  christos    Contributor: Claudiu Zissulescu <claziss (at) synopsys.com>
      5      1.1  christos 
      6      1.1  christos    This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
      7      1.1  christos 
      8      1.1  christos    GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      9      1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     10      1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
     11      1.1  christos    any later version.
     12      1.1  christos 
     13      1.1  christos    GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     14      1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     15      1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     16      1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     17      1.1  christos 
     18      1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     19      1.1  christos    along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
     20      1.1  christos    Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
     21      1.1  christos    02110-1301, USA.  */
     22      1.1  christos 
     23      1.1  christos #include "as.h"
     24  1.1.1.2  christos #include "subsegs.h"
     25      1.1  christos #include "struc-symbol.h"
     26  1.1.1.2  christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
     27  1.1.1.3  christos #include "dw2gencfi.h"
     28      1.1  christos #include "safe-ctype.h"
     29  1.1.1.2  christos 
     30      1.1  christos #include "opcode/arc.h"
     31  1.1.1.4  christos #include "opcode/arc-attrs.h"
     32      1.1  christos #include "elf/arc.h"
     33  1.1.1.3  christos #include "../opcodes/arc-ext.h"
     34      1.1  christos 
     35  1.1.1.2  christos /* Defines section.  */
     36      1.1  christos 
     37  1.1.1.2  christos #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS      2
     38  1.1.1.2  christos #define MAX_CONSTR_STR       20
     39  1.1.1.3  christos #define FRAG_MAX_GROWTH      8
     40  1.1.1.2  christos 
     41  1.1.1.2  christos #ifdef DEBUG
     42  1.1.1.2  christos # define pr_debug(fmt, args...) fprintf (stderr, fmt, ##args)
     43  1.1.1.2  christos #else
     44  1.1.1.2  christos # define pr_debug(fmt, args...)
     45  1.1.1.2  christos #endif
     46  1.1.1.2  christos 
     47  1.1.1.2  christos #define MAJOR_OPCODE(x)  (((x) & 0xF8000000) >> 27)
     48  1.1.1.2  christos #define SUB_OPCODE(x)	 (((x) & 0x003F0000) >> 16)
     49  1.1.1.4  christos #define LP_INSN(x)	 ((MAJOR_OPCODE (x) == 0x4) \
     50  1.1.1.4  christos 			  && (SUB_OPCODE (x) == 0x28))
     51  1.1.1.2  christos 
     52  1.1.1.2  christos /* Equal to MAX_PRECISION in atof-ieee.c.  */
     53  1.1.1.2  christos #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
     54  1.1.1.2  christos 
     55  1.1.1.3  christos #ifndef TARGET_WITH_CPU
     56  1.1.1.3  christos #define TARGET_WITH_CPU "arc700"
     57  1.1.1.3  christos #endif /* TARGET_WITH_CPU */
     58  1.1.1.3  christos 
     59  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_GET_FLAG(s)   	(*symbol_get_tc (s))
     60  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_SET_FLAG(s,v) 	(*symbol_get_tc (s) |= (v))
     61  1.1.1.4  christos #define streq(a, b)	      (strcmp (a, b) == 0)
     62  1.1.1.4  christos 
     63  1.1.1.3  christos /* Enum used to enumerate the relaxable ins operands.  */
     64  1.1.1.3  christos enum rlx_operand_type
     65  1.1.1.3  christos {
     66  1.1.1.3  christos   EMPTY = 0,
     67  1.1.1.3  christos   REGISTER,
     68  1.1.1.3  christos   REGISTER_S,     /* Register for short instruction(s).  */
     69  1.1.1.3  christos   REGISTER_NO_GP, /* Is a register but not gp register specifically.  */
     70  1.1.1.3  christos   REGISTER_DUP,   /* Duplication of previous operand of type register.  */
     71  1.1.1.3  christos   IMMEDIATE,
     72  1.1.1.3  christos   BRACKET
     73  1.1.1.3  christos };
     74  1.1.1.3  christos 
     75  1.1.1.3  christos enum arc_rlx_types
     76  1.1.1.3  christos {
     77  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_NONE = 0,
     78  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_BL_S,
     79  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_BL,
     80  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_B_S,
     81  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_B,
     82  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_U3,
     83  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_U6,
     84  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_LIMM,
     85  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_LD_U7,
     86  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_LD_S9,
     87  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_LD_LIMM,
     88  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_U8,
     89  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_S12,
     90  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_LIMM,
     91  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_SUB_U3,
     92  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_SUB_U6,
     93  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_SUB_LIMM,
     94  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MPY_U6,
     95  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MPY_LIMM,
     96  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_RU6,
     97  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_RLIMM,
     98  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_RRU6,
     99  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_RRLIMM,
    100  1.1.1.3  christos };
    101  1.1.1.3  christos 
    102  1.1.1.2  christos /* Macros section.  */
    103  1.1.1.2  christos 
    104  1.1.1.2  christos #define regno(x)		((x) & 0x3F)
    105  1.1.1.2  christos #define is_ir_num(x)		(((x) & ~0x3F) == 0)
    106  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_code_density_p(sc)   (((sc) == CD1 || (sc) == CD2))
    107  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_spfp_p(op)           (((sc) == SPX))
    108  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_dpfp_p(op)           (((sc) == DPX))
    109  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_fpuda_p(op)          (((sc) == DPA))
    110  1.1.1.4  christos #define is_br_jmp_insn_p(op)    (((op)->insn_class == BRANCH		\
    111  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == JUMP		\
    112  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == BRCC		\
    113  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == BBIT0		\
    114  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == BBIT1		\
    115  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == BI		\
    116  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == EI		\
    117  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == ENTER		\
    118  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == JLI		\
    119  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == LOOP		\
    120  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == LEAVE		\
    121  1.1.1.4  christos 				  ))
    122  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_kernel_insn_p(op)    (((op)->insn_class == KERNEL))
    123  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_nps400_p(op)         (((sc) == NPS400))
    124      1.1  christos 
    125  1.1.1.2  christos /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
    126  1.1.1.2  christos    targets.  */
    127      1.1  christos 
    128  1.1.1.2  christos /* Characters which always start a comment.  */
    129      1.1  christos const char comment_chars[] = "#;";
    130      1.1  christos 
    131  1.1.1.2  christos /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line.  */
    132      1.1  christos const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
    133      1.1  christos 
    134  1.1.1.2  christos /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
    135  1.1.1.2  christos    single line.  */
    136  1.1.1.2  christos const char line_separator_chars[] = "`";
    137      1.1  christos 
    138  1.1.1.2  christos /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
    139  1.1.1.2  christos    point number.  */
    140      1.1  christos const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
    141      1.1  christos 
    142      1.1  christos /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant
    143      1.1  christos    As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.  */
    144      1.1  christos const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdD";
    145      1.1  christos 
    146      1.1  christos /* Byte order.  */
    147      1.1  christos extern int target_big_endian;
    148      1.1  christos const char *arc_target_format = DEFAULT_TARGET_FORMAT;
    149      1.1  christos static int byte_order = DEFAULT_BYTE_ORDER;
    150      1.1  christos 
    151  1.1.1.3  christos /* Arc extension section.  */
    152  1.1.1.3  christos static segT arcext_section;
    153  1.1.1.3  christos 
    154  1.1.1.3  christos /* By default relaxation is disabled.  */
    155  1.1.1.3  christos static int relaxation_state = 0;
    156  1.1.1.3  christos 
    157  1.1.1.2  christos extern int arc_get_mach (char *);
    158      1.1  christos 
    159  1.1.1.3  christos /* Forward declarations.  */
    160  1.1.1.2  christos static void arc_lcomm (int);
    161  1.1.1.2  christos static void arc_option (int);
    162  1.1.1.2  christos static void arc_extra_reloc (int);
    163  1.1.1.3  christos static void arc_extinsn (int);
    164  1.1.1.3  christos static void arc_extcorereg (int);
    165  1.1.1.4  christos static void arc_attribute (int);
    166      1.1  christos 
    167  1.1.1.2  christos const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
    168  1.1.1.2  christos {
    169  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Make sure that .word is 32 bits.  */
    170  1.1.1.2  christos   { "word", cons, 4 },
    171      1.1  christos 
    172  1.1.1.2  christos   { "align",   s_align_bytes, 0 }, /* Defaulting is invalid (0).  */
    173  1.1.1.2  christos   { "lcomm",   arc_lcomm, 0 },
    174  1.1.1.2  christos   { "lcommon", arc_lcomm, 0 },
    175  1.1.1.2  christos   { "cpu",     arc_option, 0 },
    176  1.1.1.2  christos 
    177  1.1.1.4  christos   { "arc_attribute",   arc_attribute, 0 },
    178  1.1.1.3  christos   { "extinstruction",  arc_extinsn, 0 },
    179  1.1.1.3  christos   { "extcoreregister", arc_extcorereg, EXT_CORE_REGISTER },
    180  1.1.1.3  christos   { "extauxregister",  arc_extcorereg, EXT_AUX_REGISTER },
    181  1.1.1.3  christos   { "extcondcode",     arc_extcorereg, EXT_COND_CODE },
    182  1.1.1.3  christos 
    183  1.1.1.2  christos   { "tls_gd_ld",   arc_extra_reloc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD },
    184  1.1.1.2  christos   { "tls_gd_call", arc_extra_reloc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_CALL },
    185  1.1.1.2  christos 
    186  1.1.1.2  christos   { NULL, NULL, 0 }
    187  1.1.1.2  christos };
    188      1.1  christos 
    189      1.1  christos const char *md_shortopts = "";
    190      1.1  christos 
    191      1.1  christos enum options
    192      1.1  christos {
    193      1.1  christos   OPTION_EB = OPTION_MD_BASE,
    194      1.1  christos   OPTION_EL,
    195  1.1.1.2  christos 
    196  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARC600,
    197  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARC601,
    198  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARC700,
    199  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARCEM,
    200  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARCHS,
    201  1.1.1.2  christos 
    202  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_MCPU,
    203  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_CD,
    204  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_RELAX,
    205  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_NPS400,
    206  1.1.1.3  christos 
    207  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_SPFP,
    208  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_DPFP,
    209  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_FPUDA,
    210  1.1.1.2  christos 
    211  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The following options are deprecated and provided here only for
    212  1.1.1.2  christos      compatibility reasons.  */
    213  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_USER_MODE,
    214  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK,
    215  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_SWAP,
    216  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_NORM,
    217  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT,
    218  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_MIN_MAX,
    219  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_NO_MPY,
    220  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_EA,
    221  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_MUL64,
    222  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_SIMD,
    223  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_XMAC_D16,
    224  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_XMAC_24,
    225  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_DSP_PACKA,
    226  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_CRC,
    227  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_DVBF,
    228  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_TELEPHONY,
    229  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_XYMEMORY,
    230  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_LOCK,
    231  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_SWAPE,
    232  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_RTSC
    233      1.1  christos };
    234      1.1  christos 
    235      1.1  christos struct option md_longopts[] =
    236      1.1  christos {
    237  1.1.1.2  christos   { "EB",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_EB },
    238  1.1.1.2  christos   { "EL",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_EL },
    239  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mcpu",		required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MCPU },
    240  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mA6",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC600 },
    241  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mARC600",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC600 },
    242  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mARC601",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC601 },
    243  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mARC700",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC700 },
    244  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mA7",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC700 },
    245  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mEM",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARCEM },
    246  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mHS",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARCHS },
    247  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mcode-density",	no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_CD },
    248  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mrelax",           no_argument,       NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
    249  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mnps400",          no_argument,       NULL, OPTION_NPS400 },
    250  1.1.1.3  christos 
    251  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Floating point options */
    252  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    253  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp-compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    254  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp_compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    255  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp-fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    256  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp_fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    257  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    258  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp-compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    259  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp_compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    260  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp-fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    261  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp_fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    262  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mfpuda", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_FPUDA},
    263  1.1.1.2  christos 
    264  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The following options are deprecated and provided here only for
    265  1.1.1.2  christos      compatibility reasons.  */
    266  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mav2em", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCEM },
    267  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mav2hs", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCHS },
    268  1.1.1.2  christos   { "muser-mode-only", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_USER_MODE },
    269  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mld-extension-reg-mask", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK },
    270  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mswap", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SWAP },
    271  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mnorm", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NORM },
    272  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mbarrel-shifter", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT },
    273  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mbarrel_shifter", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT },
    274  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmin-max", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MIN_MAX },
    275  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmin_max", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MIN_MAX },
    276  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mno-mpy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MPY },
    277  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mea", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EA },
    278  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mEA", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EA },
    279  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmul64", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MUL64 },
    280  1.1.1.2  christos   { "msimd", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SIMD},
    281  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmac-d16", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_D16},
    282  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmac_d16", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_D16},
    283  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmac-24", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_24},
    284  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmac_24", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_24},
    285  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mdsp-packa", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DSP_PACKA},
    286  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mdsp_packa", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DSP_PACKA},
    287  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mcrc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CRC},
    288  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mdvbf", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DVBF},
    289  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mtelephony", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_TELEPHONY},
    290  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mxy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XYMEMORY},
    291  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mlock", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_LOCK},
    292  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mswape", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SWAPE},
    293  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mrtsc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RTSC},
    294  1.1.1.2  christos 
    295  1.1.1.2  christos   { NULL,		no_argument, NULL, 0 }
    296      1.1  christos };
    297  1.1.1.2  christos 
    298      1.1  christos size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
    299      1.1  christos 
    300  1.1.1.2  christos /* Local data and data types.  */
    301  1.1.1.2  christos 
    302  1.1.1.2  christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
    303  1.1.1.2  christos    file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*).  */
    304  1.1.1.2  christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
    305  1.1.1.2  christos 
    306  1.1.1.2  christos struct arc_fixup
    307  1.1.1.2  christos {
    308  1.1.1.2  christos   expressionS exp;
    309      1.1  christos 
    310  1.1.1.2  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    311      1.1  christos 
    312  1.1.1.2  christos   /* index into arc_operands.  */
    313  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int opindex;
    314      1.1  christos 
    315  1.1.1.2  christos   /* PC-relative, used by internals fixups.  */
    316  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned char pcrel;
    317  1.1.1.2  christos 
    318  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TRUE if this fixup is for LIMM operand.  */
    319  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean islong;
    320  1.1.1.2  christos };
    321  1.1.1.2  christos 
    322  1.1.1.2  christos struct arc_insn
    323      1.1  christos {
    324  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned long long int insn;
    325  1.1.1.2  christos   int nfixups;
    326  1.1.1.2  christos   struct arc_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
    327  1.1.1.2  christos   long limm;
    328  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned int len;       /* Length of instruction in bytes.  */
    329  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean has_limm;   /* Boolean value: TRUE if limm field is
    330  1.1.1.2  christos 			     valid.  */
    331  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean relax;	  /* Boolean value: TRUE if needs
    332  1.1.1.3  christos 			     relaxation.  */
    333  1.1.1.2  christos };
    334      1.1  christos 
    335  1.1.1.2  christos /* Structure to hold any last two instructions.  */
    336  1.1.1.2  christos static struct arc_last_insn
    337      1.1  christos {
    338  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Saved instruction opcode.  */
    339  1.1.1.2  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
    340      1.1  christos 
    341  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn is short.  */
    342  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean has_limm;
    343      1.1  christos 
    344  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn has delay slot.  */
    345  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean has_delay_slot;
    346  1.1.1.2  christos } arc_last_insns[2];
    347  1.1.1.2  christos 
    348  1.1.1.3  christos /* Extension instruction suffix classes.  */
    349  1.1.1.3  christos typedef struct
    350  1.1.1.3  christos {
    351  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *name;
    352  1.1.1.3  christos   int  len;
    353  1.1.1.3  christos   int  attr_class;
    354  1.1.1.3  christos } attributes_t;
    355  1.1.1.3  christos 
    356  1.1.1.3  christos static const attributes_t suffixclass[] =
    357  1.1.1.3  christos {
    358  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SUFFIX_FLAG", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_FLAG },
    359  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SUFFIX_COND", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_COND },
    360  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SUFFIX_NONE", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_NONE }
    361  1.1.1.3  christos };
    362  1.1.1.3  christos 
    363  1.1.1.3  christos /* Extension instruction syntax classes.  */
    364  1.1.1.3  christos static const attributes_t syntaxclass[] =
    365  1.1.1.3  christos {
    366  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SYNTAX_3OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_3OP },
    367  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SYNTAX_2OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_2OP },
    368  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SYNTAX_1OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_1OP },
    369  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SYNTAX_NOP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_NOP }
    370  1.1.1.3  christos };
    371  1.1.1.3  christos 
    372  1.1.1.3  christos /* Extension instruction syntax classes modifiers.  */
    373  1.1.1.3  christos static const attributes_t syntaxclassmod[] =
    374  1.1.1.3  christos {
    375  1.1.1.3  christos   { "OP1_IMM_IMPLIED" , 15, ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED },
    376  1.1.1.3  christos   { "OP1_MUST_BE_IMM" , 15, ARC_OP1_MUST_BE_IMM }
    377  1.1.1.3  christos };
    378  1.1.1.3  christos 
    379  1.1.1.3  christos /* Extension register type.  */
    380  1.1.1.3  christos typedef struct
    381  1.1.1.3  christos {
    382  1.1.1.3  christos   char *name;
    383  1.1.1.3  christos   int  number;
    384  1.1.1.3  christos   int  imode;
    385  1.1.1.3  christos } extRegister_t;
    386  1.1.1.3  christos 
    387  1.1.1.3  christos /* A structure to hold the additional conditional codes.  */
    388  1.1.1.3  christos static struct
    389  1.1.1.3  christos {
    390  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_flag_operand *arc_ext_condcode;
    391  1.1.1.3  christos   int size;
    392  1.1.1.3  christos } ext_condcode = { NULL, 0 };
    393  1.1.1.3  christos 
    394  1.1.1.3  christos /* Structure to hold an entry in ARC_OPCODE_HASH.  */
    395  1.1.1.3  christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry
    396  1.1.1.3  christos {
    397  1.1.1.3  christos   /* The number of pointers in the OPCODE list.  */
    398  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t count;
    399  1.1.1.3  christos 
    400  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Points to a list of opcode pointers.  */
    401  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode **opcode;
    402  1.1.1.3  christos };
    403  1.1.1.3  christos 
    404  1.1.1.3  christos /* Structure used for iterating through an arc_opcode_hash_entry.  */
    405  1.1.1.3  christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator
    406  1.1.1.3  christos {
    407  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Index into the OPCODE element of the arc_opcode_hash_entry.  */
    408  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t index;
    409  1.1.1.3  christos 
    410  1.1.1.3  christos   /* The specific ARC_OPCODE from the ARC_OPCODES table that was last
    411  1.1.1.3  christos      returned by this iterator.  */
    412  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
    413  1.1.1.3  christos };
    414  1.1.1.3  christos 
    415  1.1.1.3  christos /* Forward declaration.  */
    416  1.1.1.3  christos static void assemble_insn
    417  1.1.1.3  christos   (const struct arc_opcode *, const expressionS *, int,
    418  1.1.1.3  christos    const struct arc_flags *, int, struct arc_insn *);
    419  1.1.1.3  christos 
    420  1.1.1.4  christos /* The selection of the machine type can come from different sources.  This
    421  1.1.1.4  christos    enum is used to track how the selection was made in order to perform
    422  1.1.1.4  christos    error checks.  */
    423  1.1.1.4  christos enum mach_selection_type
    424  1.1.1.4  christos   {
    425  1.1.1.4  christos     MACH_SELECTION_NONE,
    426  1.1.1.4  christos     MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT,
    427  1.1.1.4  christos     MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE,
    428  1.1.1.4  christos     MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE
    429  1.1.1.4  christos   };
    430      1.1  christos 
    431  1.1.1.4  christos /* How the current machine type was selected.  */
    432  1.1.1.4  christos static enum mach_selection_type mach_selection_mode = MACH_SELECTION_NONE;
    433      1.1  christos 
    434  1.1.1.2  christos /* The hash table of instruction opcodes.  */
    435  1.1.1.2  christos static struct hash_control *arc_opcode_hash;
    436      1.1  christos 
    437  1.1.1.2  christos /* The hash table of register symbols.  */
    438  1.1.1.2  christos static struct hash_control *arc_reg_hash;
    439  1.1.1.2  christos 
    440  1.1.1.3  christos /* The hash table of aux register symbols.  */
    441  1.1.1.3  christos static struct hash_control *arc_aux_hash;
    442  1.1.1.3  christos 
    443  1.1.1.4  christos /* The hash table of address types.  */
    444  1.1.1.4  christos static struct hash_control *arc_addrtype_hash;
    445  1.1.1.4  christos 
    446  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_A6xx(NAME,EXTRA)			\
    447  1.1.1.4  christos   { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARC600, bfd_mach_arc_arc600,	\
    448  1.1.1.4  christos       E_ARC_MACH_ARC600, EXTRA}
    449  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_A7xx(NAME,EXTRA)			\
    450  1.1.1.4  christos   { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARC700,  bfd_mach_arc_arc700,	\
    451  1.1.1.4  christos       E_ARC_MACH_ARC700, EXTRA}
    452  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_AV2EM(NAME,EXTRA)			\
    453  1.1.1.4  christos   { #NAME,  ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM, bfd_mach_arc_arcv2,	\
    454  1.1.1.4  christos       EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2EM, EXTRA}
    455  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_AV2HS(NAME,EXTRA)			\
    456  1.1.1.4  christos   { #NAME,  ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2HS, bfd_mach_arc_arcv2,	\
    457  1.1.1.4  christos       EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2HS, EXTRA}
    458  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_NONE				\
    459  1.1.1.4  christos   { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
    460  1.1.1.4  christos 
    461  1.1.1.2  christos /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets.  */
    462  1.1.1.2  christos static const struct cpu_type
    463      1.1  christos {
    464  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *name;
    465  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned flags;
    466  1.1.1.2  christos   int mach;
    467  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned eflags;
    468  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned features;
    469  1.1.1.2  christos }
    470  1.1.1.2  christos   cpu_types[] =
    471  1.1.1.2  christos {
    472  1.1.1.4  christos   #include "elf/arc-cpu.def"
    473  1.1.1.2  christos };
    474      1.1  christos 
    475  1.1.1.4  christos /* Information about the cpu/variant we're assembling for.  */
    476  1.1.1.4  christos static struct cpu_type selected_cpu = { 0, 0, 0, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT, 0 };
    477  1.1.1.4  christos 
    478  1.1.1.4  christos /* MPY option.  */
    479  1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned mpy_option = 0;
    480  1.1.1.4  christos 
    481  1.1.1.4  christos /* Use PIC. */
    482  1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned pic_option = 0;
    483  1.1.1.4  christos 
    484  1.1.1.4  christos /* Use small data.  */
    485  1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned sda_option = 0;
    486  1.1.1.4  christos 
    487  1.1.1.4  christos /* Use TLS.  */
    488  1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned tls_option = 0;
    489  1.1.1.4  christos 
    490  1.1.1.4  christos /* Command line given features.  */
    491  1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned cl_features = 0;
    492  1.1.1.4  christos 
    493  1.1.1.2  christos /* Used by the arc_reloc_op table.  Order is important.  */
    494  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_gotoff  O_md1     /* @gotoff relocation.  */
    495  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_gotpc   O_md2     /* @gotpc relocation.  */
    496  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_plt     O_md3     /* @plt relocation.  */
    497  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_sda     O_md4     /* @sda relocation.  */
    498  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_pcl     O_md5     /* @pcl relocation.  */
    499  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_tlsgd   O_md6     /* @tlsgd relocation.  */
    500  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_tlsie   O_md7     /* @tlsie relocation.  */
    501  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_tpoff9  O_md8     /* @tpoff9 relocation.  */
    502  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_tpoff   O_md9     /* @tpoff relocation.  */
    503  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_dtpoff9 O_md10    /* @dtpoff9 relocation.  */
    504  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_dtpoff  O_md11    /* @dtpoff relocation.  */
    505  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_last    O_dtpoff
    506  1.1.1.2  christos 
    507  1.1.1.2  christos /* Used to define a bracket as operand in tokens.  */
    508  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_bracket O_md32
    509  1.1.1.2  christos 
    510  1.1.1.4  christos /* Used to define a colon as an operand in tokens.  */
    511  1.1.1.4  christos #define O_colon O_md31
    512  1.1.1.4  christos 
    513  1.1.1.4  christos /* Used to define address types in nps400.  */
    514  1.1.1.4  christos #define O_addrtype O_md30
    515  1.1.1.4  christos 
    516  1.1.1.2  christos /* Dummy relocation, to be sorted out.  */
    517  1.1.1.2  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_ARC_ENTRY     (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
    518  1.1.1.2  christos 
    519  1.1.1.2  christos #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_gotoff && (R) <= O_last)
    520  1.1.1.2  christos 
    521  1.1.1.2  christos /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
    522  1.1.1.2  christos    bfd_reloc_code_real_type type.  The table is assumed to be ordered such
    523  1.1.1.2  christos    that op-O_literal indexes into it.  */
    524  1.1.1.2  christos #define ARC_RELOC_TABLE(op)				\
    525  1.1.1.2  christos   (&arc_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op))			\
    526  1.1.1.2  christos 		   ? (abort (), 0)			\
    527  1.1.1.2  christos 		   : (int) (op) - (int) O_gotoff) ])
    528  1.1.1.2  christos 
    529  1.1.1.2  christos #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ)				\
    530  1.1.1.2  christos   { #NAME, sizeof (#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ}
    531  1.1.1.2  christos 
    532  1.1.1.2  christos static const struct arc_reloc_op_tag
    533  1.1.1.2  christos {
    534  1.1.1.2  christos   /* String to lookup.  */
    535  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *name;
    536  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Size of the string.  */
    537  1.1.1.2  christos   size_t length;
    538  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Which operator to use.  */
    539  1.1.1.2  christos   operatorT op;
    540  1.1.1.2  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    541  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Allows complex relocation expression like identifier@reloc +
    542  1.1.1.2  christos      const.  */
    543  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int complex_expr : 1;
    544  1.1.1.2  christos }
    545  1.1.1.2  christos   arc_reloc_op[] =
    546  1.1.1.2  christos {
    547  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (gotoff,  BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTOFF,		1),
    548  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (gotpc,   BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32,		0),
    549  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (plt,	BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32,		0),
    550  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (sda,	DUMMY_RELOC_ARC_ENTRY,		1),
    551  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (pcl,	BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32,		1),
    552  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (tlsgd,   BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_GOT,	0),
    553  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (tlsie,   BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_IE_GOT,	0),
    554  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (tpoff9,  BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_S9,	0),
    555  1.1.1.3  christos   DEF (tpoff,   BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32,	1),
    556  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (dtpoff9, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9,	0),
    557  1.1.1.4  christos   DEF (dtpoff,  BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF,	1),
    558  1.1.1.2  christos };
    559      1.1  christos 
    560  1.1.1.2  christos static const int arc_num_reloc_op
    561  1.1.1.2  christos = sizeof (arc_reloc_op) / sizeof (*arc_reloc_op);
    562  1.1.1.2  christos 
    563  1.1.1.3  christos /* Structure for relaxable instruction that have to be swapped with a
    564  1.1.1.3  christos    smaller alternative instruction.  */
    565  1.1.1.3  christos struct arc_relaxable_ins
    566  1.1.1.3  christos {
    567  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Mnemonic that should be checked.  */
    568  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *mnemonic_r;
    569  1.1.1.3  christos 
    570  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Operands that should be checked.
    571  1.1.1.3  christos      Indexes of operands from operand array.  */
    572  1.1.1.3  christos   enum rlx_operand_type operands[6];
    573  1.1.1.3  christos 
    574  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Flags that should be checked.  */
    575  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned flag_classes[5];
    576  1.1.1.3  christos 
    577  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Mnemonic (smaller) alternative to be used later for relaxation.  */
    578  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *mnemonic_alt;
    579  1.1.1.3  christos 
    580  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Index of operand that generic relaxation has to check.  */
    581  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned opcheckidx;
    582  1.1.1.3  christos 
    583  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Base subtype index used.  */
    584  1.1.1.3  christos   enum arc_rlx_types subtype;
    585  1.1.1.3  christos };
    586  1.1.1.3  christos 
    587  1.1.1.3  christos #define RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(BITS, ISSIGNED, SIZE, NEXT)			\
    588  1.1.1.3  christos   { (ISSIGNED) ? ((1 << ((BITS) - 1)) - 1) : ((1 << (BITS)) - 1),	\
    589  1.1.1.3  christos       (ISSIGNED) ? -(1 << ((BITS) - 1)) : 0,				\
    590  1.1.1.3  christos       (SIZE),								\
    591  1.1.1.3  christos       (NEXT) }								\
    592  1.1.1.3  christos 
    593  1.1.1.3  christos #define RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(ISSIGNED, SIZE, NEXT)	\
    594  1.1.1.3  christos   { (ISSIGNED) ? 0x7FFFFFFF : 0xFFFFFFFF,		\
    595  1.1.1.3  christos       (ISSIGNED) ? -(0x7FFFFFFF) : 0,                   \
    596  1.1.1.3  christos       (SIZE),                                           \
    597  1.1.1.3  christos       (NEXT) }                                          \
    598  1.1.1.3  christos 
    599  1.1.1.3  christos 
    600  1.1.1.3  christos /* ARC relaxation table.  */
    601  1.1.1.3  christos const relax_typeS md_relax_table[] =
    602  1.1.1.3  christos {
    603  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Fake entry.  */
    604  1.1.1.3  christos   {0, 0, 0, 0},
    605  1.1.1.3  christos 
    606  1.1.1.3  christos   /* BL_S s13 ->
    607  1.1.1.3  christos      BL s25.  */
    608  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (13, 1, 2, ARC_RLX_BL),
    609  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (25, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    610  1.1.1.3  christos 
    611  1.1.1.3  christos   /* B_S s10 ->
    612  1.1.1.3  christos      B s25.  */
    613  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (10, 1, 2, ARC_RLX_B),
    614  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (25, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    615  1.1.1.3  christos 
    616  1.1.1.3  christos   /* ADD_S c,b, u3 ->
    617  1.1.1.3  christos      ADD<.f> a,b,u6 ->
    618  1.1.1.3  christos      ADD<.f> a,b,limm.  */
    619  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (3, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_ADD_U6),
    620  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_ADD_LIMM),
    621  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    622  1.1.1.3  christos 
    623  1.1.1.3  christos   /* LD_S a, [b, u7] ->
    624  1.1.1.3  christos      LD<zz><.x><.aa><.di> a, [b, s9] ->
    625  1.1.1.3  christos      LD<zz><.x><.aa><.di> a, [b, limm] */
    626  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (7, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_LD_S9),
    627  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (9, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_LD_LIMM),
    628  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (1, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    629  1.1.1.3  christos 
    630  1.1.1.3  christos   /* MOV_S b, u8 ->
    631  1.1.1.3  christos      MOV<.f> b, s12 ->
    632  1.1.1.3  christos      MOV<.f> b, limm.  */
    633  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (8, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_MOV_S12),
    634  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (8, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MOV_LIMM),
    635  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    636  1.1.1.3  christos 
    637  1.1.1.3  christos   /* SUB_S c, b, u3 ->
    638  1.1.1.3  christos      SUB<.f> a, b, u6 ->
    639  1.1.1.3  christos      SUB<.f> a, b, limm.  */
    640  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (3, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_SUB_U6),
    641  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_SUB_LIMM),
    642  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    643  1.1.1.3  christos 
    644  1.1.1.3  christos   /* MPY<.f> a, b, u6 ->
    645  1.1.1.3  christos      MPY<.f> a, b, limm.  */
    646  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MPY_LIMM),
    647  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    648  1.1.1.3  christos 
    649  1.1.1.3  christos   /* MOV<.f><.cc> b, u6 ->
    650  1.1.1.3  christos      MOV<.f><.cc> b, limm.  */
    651  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MOV_RLIMM),
    652  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    653  1.1.1.3  christos 
    654  1.1.1.3  christos   /* ADD<.f><.cc> b, b, u6 ->
    655  1.1.1.3  christos      ADD<.f><.cc> b, b, limm.  */
    656  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_ADD_RRLIMM),
    657  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    658  1.1.1.3  christos };
    659  1.1.1.3  christos 
    660  1.1.1.3  christos /* Order of this table's entries matters!  */
    661  1.1.1.3  christos const struct arc_relaxable_ins arc_relaxable_insns[] =
    662  1.1.1.3  christos {
    663  1.1.1.3  christos   { "bl", { IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "bl_s", 0, ARC_RLX_BL_S },
    664  1.1.1.3  christos   { "b", { IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "b_s", 0, ARC_RLX_B_S },
    665  1.1.1.3  christos   { "add", { REGISTER, REGISTER_DUP, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 1, 0 }, "add",
    666  1.1.1.3  christos     2, ARC_RLX_ADD_RRU6},
    667  1.1.1.3  christos   { "add", { REGISTER_S, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "add_s", 2,
    668  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_ADD_U3 },
    669  1.1.1.3  christos   { "add", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "add", 2,
    670  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_ADD_U6 },
    671  1.1.1.3  christos   { "ld", { REGISTER_S, BRACKET, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE, BRACKET },
    672  1.1.1.3  christos     { 0 }, "ld_s", 3, ARC_RLX_LD_U7 },
    673  1.1.1.3  christos   { "ld", { REGISTER, BRACKET, REGISTER_NO_GP, IMMEDIATE, BRACKET },
    674  1.1.1.3  christos     { 11, 4, 14, 17, 0 }, "ld", 3, ARC_RLX_LD_S9 },
    675  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mov", { REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "mov_s", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_U8 },
    676  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mov", { REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "mov", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_S12 },
    677  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mov", { REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 1, 0 },"mov", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_RU6 },
    678  1.1.1.3  christos   { "sub", { REGISTER_S, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "sub_s", 2,
    679  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_SUB_U3 },
    680  1.1.1.3  christos   { "sub", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "sub", 2,
    681  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_SUB_U6 },
    682  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mpy", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "mpy", 2,
    683  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_MPY_U6 },
    684  1.1.1.3  christos };
    685  1.1.1.3  christos 
    686  1.1.1.3  christos const unsigned arc_num_relaxable_ins = ARRAY_SIZE (arc_relaxable_insns);
    687  1.1.1.3  christos 
    688  1.1.1.2  christos /* Pre-defined "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_".  */
    689  1.1.1.2  christos symbolS * GOT_symbol = 0;
    690      1.1  christos 
    691  1.1.1.2  christos /* Set to TRUE when we assemble instructions.  */
    692  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean assembling_insn = FALSE;
    693  1.1.1.2  christos 
    694  1.1.1.4  christos /* List with attributes set explicitly.  */
    695  1.1.1.4  christos static bfd_boolean attributes_set_explicitly[NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES];
    696  1.1.1.4  christos 
    697  1.1.1.3  christos /* Functions implementation.  */
    698  1.1.1.2  christos 
    699  1.1.1.3  christos /* Return a pointer to ARC_OPCODE_HASH_ENTRY that identifies all
    700  1.1.1.3  christos    ARC_OPCODE entries in ARC_OPCODE_HASH that match NAME, or NULL if there
    701  1.1.1.3  christos    are no matching entries in ARC_OPCODE_HASH.  */
    702  1.1.1.3  christos 
    703  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
    704  1.1.1.3  christos arc_find_opcode (const char *name)
    705  1.1.1.3  christos {
    706  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
    707  1.1.1.3  christos 
    708  1.1.1.3  christos   entry = hash_find (arc_opcode_hash, name);
    709  1.1.1.3  christos   return entry;
    710  1.1.1.3  christos }
    711  1.1.1.3  christos 
    712  1.1.1.3  christos /* Initialise the iterator ITER.  */
    713  1.1.1.3  christos 
    714  1.1.1.3  christos static void
    715  1.1.1.3  christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_init (struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator *iter)
    716  1.1.1.3  christos {
    717  1.1.1.3  christos   iter->index = 0;
    718  1.1.1.3  christos   iter->opcode = NULL;
    719  1.1.1.3  christos }
    720  1.1.1.3  christos 
    721  1.1.1.3  christos /* Return the next ARC_OPCODE from ENTRY, using ITER to hold state between
    722  1.1.1.3  christos    calls to this function.  Return NULL when all ARC_OPCODE entries have
    723  1.1.1.3  christos    been returned.  */
    724  1.1.1.3  christos 
    725  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode *
    726  1.1.1.3  christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry,
    727  1.1.1.3  christos 				     struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator *iter)
    728  1.1.1.3  christos {
    729  1.1.1.3  christos   if (iter->opcode == NULL && iter->index == 0)
    730  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    731  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (entry->count > 0);
    732  1.1.1.3  christos       iter->opcode = entry->opcode[iter->index];
    733  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    734  1.1.1.3  christos   else if (iter->opcode != NULL)
    735  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    736  1.1.1.3  christos       const char *old_name = iter->opcode->name;
    737  1.1.1.3  christos 
    738  1.1.1.3  christos       iter->opcode++;
    739  1.1.1.3  christos       if (iter->opcode->name == NULL
    740  1.1.1.3  christos 	  || strcmp (old_name, iter->opcode->name) != 0)
    741  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
    742  1.1.1.3  christos 	  iter->index++;
    743  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (iter->index == entry->count)
    744  1.1.1.3  christos 	    iter->opcode = NULL;
    745  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else
    746  1.1.1.3  christos 	    iter->opcode = entry->opcode[iter->index];
    747  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
    748  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    749  1.1.1.3  christos 
    750  1.1.1.3  christos   return iter->opcode;
    751  1.1.1.3  christos }
    752  1.1.1.3  christos 
    753  1.1.1.3  christos /* Insert an opcode into opcode hash structure.  */
    754  1.1.1.3  christos 
    755  1.1.1.3  christos static void
    756  1.1.1.3  christos arc_insert_opcode (const struct arc_opcode *opcode)
    757  1.1.1.3  christos {
    758  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *name, *retval;
    759  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
    760  1.1.1.3  christos   name = opcode->name;
    761  1.1.1.3  christos 
    762  1.1.1.3  christos   entry = hash_find (arc_opcode_hash, name);
    763  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry == NULL)
    764  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    765  1.1.1.3  christos       entry = XNEW (struct arc_opcode_hash_entry);
    766  1.1.1.3  christos       entry->count = 0;
    767  1.1.1.3  christos       entry->opcode = NULL;
    768  1.1.1.3  christos 
    769  1.1.1.3  christos       retval = hash_insert (arc_opcode_hash, name, (void *) entry);
    770  1.1.1.3  christos       if (retval)
    771  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash opcode '%s': %s"),
    772  1.1.1.3  christos 		  name, retval);
    773  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    774  1.1.1.3  christos 
    775  1.1.1.3  christos   entry->opcode = XRESIZEVEC (const struct arc_opcode *, entry->opcode,
    776  1.1.1.3  christos 			      entry->count + 1);
    777  1.1.1.3  christos 
    778  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry->opcode == NULL)
    779  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
    780  1.1.1.3  christos 
    781  1.1.1.3  christos   entry->opcode[entry->count] = opcode;
    782  1.1.1.3  christos   entry->count++;
    783  1.1.1.3  christos }
    784  1.1.1.2  christos 
    785  1.1.1.2  christos 
    786  1.1.1.4  christos /* Like md_number_to_chars but for middle-endian values.  The 4-byte limm
    787  1.1.1.4  christos    value, is encoded as 'middle-endian' for a little-endian target.  This
    788  1.1.1.4  christos    function is used for regular 4, 6, and 8 byte instructions as well.  */
    789      1.1  christos 
    790  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    791  1.1.1.4  christos md_number_to_chars_midend (char *buf, unsigned long long val, int n)
    792  1.1.1.2  christos {
    793  1.1.1.4  christos   switch (n)
    794      1.1  christos     {
    795  1.1.1.4  christos     case 2:
    796  1.1.1.4  christos       md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n);
    797  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
    798  1.1.1.4  christos     case 6:
    799  1.1.1.4  christos       md_number_to_chars (buf, (val & 0xffff00000000) >> 32, 2);
    800  1.1.1.4  christos       md_number_to_chars_midend (buf + 2, (val & 0xffffffff), 4);
    801  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
    802  1.1.1.4  christos     case 4:
    803  1.1.1.2  christos       md_number_to_chars (buf,     (val & 0xffff0000) >> 16, 2);
    804  1.1.1.2  christos       md_number_to_chars (buf + 2, (val & 0xffff), 2);
    805  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
    806  1.1.1.4  christos     case 8:
    807  1.1.1.4  christos       md_number_to_chars_midend (buf, (val & 0xffffffff00000000) >> 32, 4);
    808  1.1.1.4  christos       md_number_to_chars_midend (buf + 4, (val & 0xffffffff), 4);
    809  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
    810  1.1.1.4  christos     default:
    811  1.1.1.4  christos       abort ();
    812  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    813  1.1.1.4  christos }
    814  1.1.1.4  christos 
    815  1.1.1.4  christos /* Check if a feature is allowed for a specific CPU.  */
    816  1.1.1.4  christos 
    817  1.1.1.4  christos static void
    818  1.1.1.4  christos arc_check_feature (void)
    819  1.1.1.4  christos {
    820  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned i;
    821  1.1.1.4  christos 
    822  1.1.1.4  christos   if (!selected_cpu.features
    823  1.1.1.4  christos       || !selected_cpu.name)
    824  1.1.1.4  christos     return;
    825  1.1.1.4  christos 
    826  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
    827  1.1.1.4  christos     if ((selected_cpu.features & feature_list[i].feature)
    828  1.1.1.4  christos 	&& !(selected_cpu.flags & feature_list[i].cpus))
    829  1.1.1.4  christos       as_bad (_("invalid %s option for %s cpu"), feature_list[i].name,
    830  1.1.1.4  christos 	      selected_cpu.name);
    831  1.1.1.4  christos 
    832  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (conflict_list); i++)
    833  1.1.1.4  christos     if ((selected_cpu.features & conflict_list[i]) == conflict_list[i])
    834  1.1.1.4  christos       as_bad(_("conflicting ISA extension attributes."));
    835  1.1.1.2  christos }
    836      1.1  christos 
    837  1.1.1.3  christos /* Select an appropriate entry from CPU_TYPES based on ARG and initialise
    838  1.1.1.4  christos    the relevant static global variables.  Parameter SEL describes where
    839  1.1.1.4  christos    this selection originated from.  */
    840  1.1.1.3  christos 
    841  1.1.1.3  christos static void
    842  1.1.1.4  christos arc_select_cpu (const char *arg, enum mach_selection_type sel)
    843  1.1.1.3  christos {
    844  1.1.1.3  christos   int i;
    845  1.1.1.3  christos 
    846  1.1.1.4  christos   /* We should only set a default if we've not made a selection from some
    847  1.1.1.4  christos      other source.  */
    848  1.1.1.4  christos   gas_assert (sel != MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT
    849  1.1.1.4  christos               || mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_NONE);
    850  1.1.1.4  christos 
    851  1.1.1.4  christos   if ((mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE)
    852  1.1.1.4  christos       && (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE))
    853  1.1.1.4  christos     as_bad (_("Multiple .cpu directives found"));
    854  1.1.1.4  christos 
    855  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Look for a matching entry in CPU_TYPES array.  */
    856  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; cpu_types[i].name; ++i)
    857  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    858  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!strcasecmp (cpu_types[i].name, arg))
    859  1.1.1.3  christos         {
    860  1.1.1.4  christos           /* If a previous selection was made on the command line, then we
    861  1.1.1.4  christos              allow later selections on the command line to override earlier
    862  1.1.1.4  christos              ones.  However, a selection from a '.cpu NAME' directive must
    863  1.1.1.4  christos              match the command line selection, or we give a warning.  */
    864  1.1.1.4  christos           if (mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE)
    865  1.1.1.4  christos             {
    866  1.1.1.4  christos               gas_assert (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE
    867  1.1.1.4  christos                           || sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE);
    868  1.1.1.4  christos               if (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE
    869  1.1.1.4  christos                   && selected_cpu.mach != cpu_types[i].mach)
    870  1.1.1.4  christos                 {
    871  1.1.1.4  christos                   as_warn (_("Command-line value overrides \".cpu\" directive"));
    872  1.1.1.4  christos                 }
    873  1.1.1.4  christos 	      return;
    874  1.1.1.4  christos             }
    875  1.1.1.4  christos 
    876  1.1.1.4  christos 	  /* Initialise static global data about selected machine type.  */
    877  1.1.1.4  christos 	  selected_cpu.flags = cpu_types[i].flags;
    878  1.1.1.4  christos 	  selected_cpu.name = cpu_types[i].name;
    879  1.1.1.4  christos 	  selected_cpu.features = cpu_types[i].features | cl_features;
    880  1.1.1.4  christos 	  selected_cpu.mach = cpu_types[i].mach;
    881  1.1.1.4  christos 	  selected_cpu.eflags = ((selected_cpu.eflags & ~EF_ARC_MACH_MSK)
    882  1.1.1.4  christos 				 | cpu_types[i].eflags);
    883  1.1.1.3  christos           break;
    884  1.1.1.3  christos         }
    885  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    886  1.1.1.3  christos 
    887  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!cpu_types[i].name)
    888  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("unknown architecture: %s\n"), arg);
    889  1.1.1.4  christos 
    890  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Check if set features are compatible with the chosen CPU.  */
    891  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_check_feature ();
    892  1.1.1.4  christos 
    893  1.1.1.4  christos   mach_selection_mode = sel;
    894  1.1.1.3  christos }
    895  1.1.1.3  christos 
    896  1.1.1.2  christos /* Here ends all the ARCompact extension instruction assembling
    897  1.1.1.2  christos    stuff.  */
    898      1.1  christos 
    899  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    900  1.1.1.2  christos arc_extra_reloc (int r_type)
    901  1.1.1.2  christos {
    902  1.1.1.2  christos   char *sym_name, c;
    903  1.1.1.2  christos   symbolS *sym, *lab = NULL;
    904      1.1  christos 
    905  1.1.1.2  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
    906  1.1.1.2  christos     input_line_pointer++;
    907  1.1.1.2  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&sym_name);
    908  1.1.1.2  christos   sym = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
    909  1.1.1.2  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
    910  1.1.1.2  christos   if (c == ',' && r_type == BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD)
    911  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    912  1.1.1.2  christos       ++input_line_pointer;
    913  1.1.1.2  christos       char *lab_name;
    914  1.1.1.2  christos       c = get_symbol_name (&lab_name);
    915  1.1.1.2  christos       lab = symbol_find_or_make (lab_name);
    916  1.1.1.2  christos       restore_line_pointer (c);
    917  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    918  1.1.1.3  christos 
    919  1.1.1.3  christos   /* These relocations exist as a mechanism for the compiler to tell the
    920  1.1.1.3  christos      linker how to patch the code if the tls model is optimised.  However,
    921  1.1.1.3  christos      the relocation itself does not require any space within the assembler
    922  1.1.1.3  christos      fragment, and so we pass a size of 0.
    923  1.1.1.3  christos 
    924  1.1.1.3  christos      The lines that generate these relocations look like this:
    925  1.1.1.3  christos 
    926  1.1.1.3  christos          .tls_gd_ld @.tdata`bl __tls_get_addr@plt
    927  1.1.1.3  christos 
    928  1.1.1.3  christos      The '.tls_gd_ld @.tdata' is processed first and generates the
    929  1.1.1.3  christos      additional relocation, while the 'bl __tls_get_addr@plt' is processed
    930  1.1.1.3  christos      second and generates the additional branch.
    931  1.1.1.3  christos 
    932  1.1.1.3  christos      It is possible that the additional relocation generated by the
    933  1.1.1.3  christos      '.tls_gd_ld @.tdata' will be attached at the very end of one fragment,
    934  1.1.1.3  christos      while the 'bl __tls_get_addr@plt' will be generated as the first thing
    935  1.1.1.3  christos      in the next fragment.  This will be fine; both relocations will still
    936  1.1.1.3  christos      appear to be at the same address in the generated object file.
    937  1.1.1.3  christos      However, this only works as the additional relocation is generated
    938  1.1.1.3  christos      with size of 0 bytes.  */
    939  1.1.1.2  christos   fixS *fixP
    940  1.1.1.2  christos     = fix_new (frag_now,	/* Which frag?  */
    941  1.1.1.2  christos 	       frag_now_fix (),	/* Where in that frag?  */
    942  1.1.1.3  christos 	       0,		/* size: 1, 2, or 4 usually.  */
    943  1.1.1.2  christos 	       sym,		/* X_add_symbol.  */
    944  1.1.1.2  christos 	       0,		/* X_add_number.  */
    945  1.1.1.2  christos 	       FALSE,		/* TRUE if PC-relative relocation.  */
    946  1.1.1.2  christos 	       r_type		/* Relocation type.  */);
    947  1.1.1.2  christos   fixP->fx_subsy = lab;
    948  1.1.1.2  christos }
    949  1.1.1.2  christos 
    950  1.1.1.2  christos static symbolS *
    951  1.1.1.2  christos arc_lcomm_internal (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    952  1.1.1.2  christos 		    symbolS *symbolP, addressT size)
    953  1.1.1.2  christos {
    954  1.1.1.2  christos   addressT align = 0;
    955  1.1.1.2  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    956      1.1  christos 
    957  1.1.1.2  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
    958      1.1  christos     {
    959  1.1.1.2  christos       align = parse_align (1);
    960      1.1  christos 
    961  1.1.1.2  christos       if (align == (addressT) -1)
    962  1.1.1.2  christos 	return NULL;
    963      1.1  christos     }
    964      1.1  christos   else
    965  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    966  1.1.1.2  christos       if (size >= 8)
    967  1.1.1.2  christos 	align = 3;
    968  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (size >= 4)
    969  1.1.1.2  christos 	align = 2;
    970  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (size >= 2)
    971  1.1.1.2  christos 	align = 1;
    972  1.1.1.2  christos       else
    973  1.1.1.2  christos 	align = 0;
    974  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    975      1.1  christos 
    976  1.1.1.2  christos   bss_alloc (symbolP, size, align);
    977  1.1.1.2  christos   S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
    978      1.1  christos 
    979  1.1.1.2  christos   return symbolP;
    980  1.1.1.2  christos }
    981      1.1  christos 
    982  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    983  1.1.1.2  christos arc_lcomm (int ignore)
    984      1.1  christos {
    985  1.1.1.2  christos   symbolS *symbolP = s_comm_internal (ignore, arc_lcomm_internal);
    986      1.1  christos 
    987  1.1.1.2  christos   if (symbolP)
    988  1.1.1.2  christos     symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
    989  1.1.1.2  christos }
    990      1.1  christos 
    991  1.1.1.2  christos /* Select the cpu we're assembling for.  */
    992      1.1  christos 
    993  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    994  1.1.1.2  christos arc_option (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    995  1.1.1.2  christos {
    996  1.1.1.2  christos   char c;
    997  1.1.1.2  christos   char *cpu;
    998  1.1.1.4  christos   const char *cpu_name;
    999      1.1  christos 
   1000  1.1.1.2  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&cpu);
   1001      1.1  christos 
   1002  1.1.1.4  christos   cpu_name = cpu;
   1003  1.1.1.4  christos   if ((!strcmp ("ARC600", cpu))
   1004  1.1.1.4  christos       || (!strcmp ("ARC601", cpu))
   1005  1.1.1.4  christos       || (!strcmp ("A6", cpu)))
   1006  1.1.1.4  christos     cpu_name = "arc600";
   1007  1.1.1.4  christos   else if ((!strcmp ("ARC700", cpu))
   1008  1.1.1.4  christos            || (!strcmp ("A7", cpu)))
   1009  1.1.1.4  christos     cpu_name = "arc700";
   1010  1.1.1.4  christos   else if (!strcmp ("EM", cpu))
   1011  1.1.1.4  christos     cpu_name = "arcem";
   1012  1.1.1.4  christos   else if (!strcmp ("HS", cpu))
   1013  1.1.1.4  christos     cpu_name = "archs";
   1014  1.1.1.4  christos   else if (!strcmp ("NPS400", cpu))
   1015  1.1.1.4  christos     cpu_name = "nps400";
   1016      1.1  christos 
   1017  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_select_cpu (cpu_name, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE);
   1018      1.1  christos 
   1019  1.1.1.3  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
   1020  1.1.1.2  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   1021  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1022      1.1  christos 
   1023  1.1.1.2  christos /* Smartly print an expression.  */
   1024      1.1  christos 
   1025  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   1026  1.1.1.2  christos debug_exp (expressionS *t)
   1027  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1028  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
   1029  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *namemd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
   1030      1.1  christos 
   1031  1.1.1.2  christos   pr_debug ("debug_exp: ");
   1032      1.1  christos 
   1033  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (t->X_op)
   1034      1.1  christos     {
   1035  1.1.1.2  christos     default:			name = "unknown";		break;
   1036  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_illegal:		name = "O_illegal";		break;
   1037  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_absent:		name = "O_absent";		break;
   1038  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_constant:		name = "O_constant";		break;
   1039  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_symbol:		name = "O_symbol";		break;
   1040  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_symbol_rva:		name = "O_symbol_rva";		break;
   1041  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_register:		name = "O_register";		break;
   1042  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_big:			name = "O_big";			break;
   1043  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_uminus:		name = "O_uminus";		break;
   1044  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_not:		name = "O_bit_not";		break;
   1045  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_logical_not:		name = "O_logical_not";		break;
   1046  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_multiply:		name = "O_multiply";		break;
   1047  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_divide:		name = "O_divide";		break;
   1048  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_modulus:		name = "O_modulus";		break;
   1049  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_left_shift:		name = "O_left_shift";		break;
   1050  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_right_shift:		name = "O_right_shift";		break;
   1051  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_inclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_inclusive_or";	break;
   1052  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_or_not:		name = "O_bit_or_not";		break;
   1053  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_exclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_exclusive_or";	break;
   1054  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_and:		name = "O_bit_and";		break;
   1055  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_add:			name = "O_add";			break;
   1056  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_subtract:		name = "O_subtract";		break;
   1057  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_eq:			name = "O_eq";			break;
   1058  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_ne:			name = "O_ne";			break;
   1059  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_lt:			name = "O_lt";			break;
   1060  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_le:			name = "O_le";			break;
   1061  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_ge:			name = "O_ge";			break;
   1062  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_gt:			name = "O_gt";			break;
   1063  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_logical_and:		name = "O_logical_and";		break;
   1064  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_logical_or:		name = "O_logical_or";		break;
   1065  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_index:		name = "O_index";		break;
   1066  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bracket:		name = "O_bracket";		break;
   1067  1.1.1.4  christos     case O_colon:		name = "O_colon";               break;
   1068  1.1.1.4  christos     case O_addrtype:		name = "O_addrtype";            break;
   1069  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   1070  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1071  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (t->X_md)
   1072  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1073  1.1.1.2  christos     default:			namemd = "unknown";		break;
   1074  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_gotoff:		namemd = "O_gotoff";		break;
   1075  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_gotpc:		namemd = "O_gotpc";		break;
   1076  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_plt:			namemd = "O_plt";		break;
   1077  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_sda:			namemd = "O_sda";		break;
   1078  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_pcl:			namemd = "O_pcl";		break;
   1079  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_tlsgd:		namemd = "O_tlsgd";		break;
   1080  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_tlsie:		namemd = "O_tlsie";		break;
   1081  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_tpoff9:		namemd = "O_tpoff9";		break;
   1082  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_tpoff:		namemd = "O_tpoff";		break;
   1083  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_dtpoff9:		namemd = "O_dtpoff9";		break;
   1084  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_dtpoff:		namemd = "O_dtpoff";		break;
   1085  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   1086  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1087  1.1.1.2  christos   pr_debug ("%s (%s, %s, %d, %s)", name,
   1088  1.1.1.2  christos 	    (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
   1089  1.1.1.2  christos 	    (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
   1090  1.1.1.2  christos 	    (int) t->X_add_number,
   1091  1.1.1.2  christos 	    (t->X_md) ? namemd : "--");
   1092  1.1.1.2  christos   pr_debug ("\n");
   1093  1.1.1.2  christos   fflush (stderr);
   1094  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1095      1.1  christos 
   1096  1.1.1.2  christos /* Parse the arguments to an opcode.  */
   1097      1.1  christos 
   1098  1.1.1.2  christos static int
   1099  1.1.1.2  christos tokenize_arguments (char *str,
   1100  1.1.1.2  christos 		    expressionS *tok,
   1101  1.1.1.2  christos 		    int ntok)
   1102  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1103  1.1.1.2  christos   char *old_input_line_pointer;
   1104  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean saw_comma = FALSE;
   1105  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean saw_arg = FALSE;
   1106  1.1.1.2  christos   int brk_lvl = 0;
   1107  1.1.1.2  christos   int num_args = 0;
   1108  1.1.1.2  christos   int i;
   1109  1.1.1.2  christos   size_t len;
   1110  1.1.1.2  christos   const struct arc_reloc_op_tag *r;
   1111  1.1.1.2  christos   expressionS tmpE;
   1112  1.1.1.2  christos   char *reloc_name, c;
   1113  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1114  1.1.1.2  christos   memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
   1115  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1116  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function.  */
   1117  1.1.1.2  christos   old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
   1118  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = str;
   1119      1.1  christos 
   1120  1.1.1.2  christos   while (*input_line_pointer)
   1121      1.1  christos     {
   1122      1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   1123  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (*input_line_pointer)
   1124      1.1  christos 	{
   1125  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '\0':
   1126  1.1.1.2  christos 	  goto fini;
   1127      1.1  christos 
   1128  1.1.1.2  christos 	case ',':
   1129  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer++;
   1130  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
   1131  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1132  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_comma = TRUE;
   1133  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1134      1.1  christos 
   1135  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '}':
   1136  1.1.1.2  christos 	case ']':
   1137  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++input_line_pointer;
   1138  1.1.1.2  christos 	  --brk_lvl;
   1139  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!saw_arg || num_args == ntok)
   1140  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1141  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_op = O_bracket;
   1142  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++tok;
   1143  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++num_args;
   1144  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1145  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1146  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '{':
   1147  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '[':
   1148  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer++;
   1149  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (brk_lvl || num_args == ntok)
   1150  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1151  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++brk_lvl;
   1152  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_op = O_bracket;
   1153  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++tok;
   1154  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++num_args;
   1155  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1156  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1157  1.1.1.4  christos         case ':':
   1158  1.1.1.4  christos           input_line_pointer++;
   1159  1.1.1.4  christos           if (!saw_arg || num_args == ntok)
   1160  1.1.1.4  christos             goto err;
   1161  1.1.1.4  christos           tok->X_op = O_colon;
   1162  1.1.1.4  christos           saw_arg = FALSE;
   1163  1.1.1.4  christos           ++tok;
   1164  1.1.1.4  christos           ++num_args;
   1165  1.1.1.4  christos           break;
   1166  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1167  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '@':
   1168  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We have labels, function names and relocations, all
   1169  1.1.1.2  christos 	     starting with @ symbol.  Sort them out.  */
   1170  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((saw_arg && !saw_comma) || num_args == ntok)
   1171  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1172  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1173  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Parse @label.  */
   1174  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_op = O_symbol;
   1175  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_md = O_absent;
   1176  1.1.1.2  christos 	  expression (tok);
   1177  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (*input_line_pointer != '@')
   1178  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto normalsymbol; /* This is not a relocation.  */
   1179  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1180  1.1.1.2  christos 	relocationsym:
   1181  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1182  1.1.1.4  christos 	  /* A relocation operand has the following form
   1183  1.1.1.2  christos 	     @identifier@relocation_type.  The identifier is already
   1184  1.1.1.2  christos 	     in tok!  */
   1185  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (tok->X_op != O_symbol)
   1186      1.1  christos 	    {
   1187  1.1.1.2  christos 	      as_bad (_("No valid label relocation operand"));
   1188  1.1.1.2  christos 	      goto err;
   1189      1.1  christos 	    }
   1190  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1191  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Parse @relocation_type.  */
   1192  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer++;
   1193  1.1.1.2  christos 	  c = get_symbol_name (&reloc_name);
   1194  1.1.1.2  christos 	  len = input_line_pointer - reloc_name;
   1195  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (len == 0)
   1196      1.1  christos 	    {
   1197  1.1.1.2  christos 	      as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
   1198  1.1.1.2  christos 	      goto err;
   1199      1.1  christos 	    }
   1200  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1201  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Go through known relocation and try to find a match.  */
   1202  1.1.1.2  christos 	  r = &arc_reloc_op[0];
   1203  1.1.1.2  christos 	  for (i = arc_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
   1204  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (len == r->length
   1205  1.1.1.2  christos 		&& memcmp (reloc_name, r->name, len) == 0)
   1206  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1207  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (i < 0)
   1208      1.1  christos 	    {
   1209  1.1.1.2  christos 	      as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: @%s"), reloc_name);
   1210  1.1.1.2  christos 	      goto err;
   1211      1.1  christos 	    }
   1212      1.1  christos 
   1213  1.1.1.2  christos 	  *input_line_pointer = c;
   1214  1.1.1.2  christos 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   1215  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Extra check for TLS: base.  */
   1216  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
   1217      1.1  christos 	    {
   1218  1.1.1.2  christos 	      symbolS *base;
   1219  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (tok->X_op_symbol != NULL
   1220  1.1.1.2  christos 		  || tok->X_op != O_symbol)
   1221  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1222  1.1.1.2  christos 		  as_bad (_("Unable to parse TLS base: %s"),
   1223  1.1.1.2  christos 			  input_line_pointer);
   1224  1.1.1.2  christos 		  goto err;
   1225  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1226  1.1.1.2  christos 	      input_line_pointer++;
   1227  1.1.1.2  christos 	      char *sym_name;
   1228  1.1.1.2  christos 	      c = get_symbol_name (&sym_name);
   1229  1.1.1.2  christos 	      base = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
   1230  1.1.1.2  christos 	      tok->X_op = O_subtract;
   1231  1.1.1.2  christos 	      tok->X_op_symbol = base;
   1232  1.1.1.2  christos 	      restore_line_pointer (c);
   1233  1.1.1.2  christos 	      tmpE.X_add_number = 0;
   1234  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1235  1.1.1.4  christos 	  if ((*input_line_pointer != '+')
   1236  1.1.1.2  christos 		   && (*input_line_pointer != '-'))
   1237  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1238  1.1.1.2  christos 	      tmpE.X_add_number = 0;
   1239      1.1  christos 	    }
   1240      1.1  christos 	  else
   1241      1.1  christos 	    {
   1242  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Parse the constant of a complex relocation expression
   1243  1.1.1.2  christos 		 like @identifier@reloc +/- const.  */
   1244  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (! r->complex_expr)
   1245      1.1  christos 		{
   1246  1.1.1.2  christos 		  as_bad (_("@%s is not a complex relocation."), r->name);
   1247  1.1.1.2  christos 		  goto err;
   1248      1.1  christos 		}
   1249  1.1.1.2  christos 	      expression (&tmpE);
   1250  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (tmpE.X_op != O_constant)
   1251      1.1  christos 		{
   1252  1.1.1.2  christos 		  as_bad (_("Bad expression: @%s + %s."),
   1253  1.1.1.2  christos 			  r->name, input_line_pointer);
   1254  1.1.1.2  christos 		  goto err;
   1255      1.1  christos 		}
   1256      1.1  christos 	    }
   1257      1.1  christos 
   1258  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_md = r->op;
   1259  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_add_number = tmpE.X_add_number;
   1260      1.1  christos 
   1261  1.1.1.2  christos 	  debug_exp (tok);
   1262      1.1  christos 
   1263  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_comma = FALSE;
   1264  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_arg = TRUE;
   1265  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok++;
   1266  1.1.1.2  christos 	  num_args++;
   1267  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1268      1.1  christos 
   1269  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '%':
   1270  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Can be a register.  */
   1271  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++input_line_pointer;
   1272  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1273  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   1274  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1275  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((saw_arg && !saw_comma) || num_args == ntok)
   1276  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1277  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1278  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_op = O_absent;
   1279  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_md = O_absent;
   1280  1.1.1.2  christos 	  expression (tok);
   1281  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1282  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Legacy: There are cases when we have
   1283  1.1.1.2  christos 	     identifier@relocation_type, if it is the case parse the
   1284  1.1.1.2  christos 	     relocation type as well.  */
   1285  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
   1286  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto relocationsym;
   1287  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1288  1.1.1.2  christos 	normalsymbol:
   1289  1.1.1.2  christos 	  debug_exp (tok);
   1290  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1291  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (tok->X_op == O_illegal
   1292  1.1.1.3  christos               || tok->X_op == O_absent
   1293  1.1.1.3  christos               || num_args == ntok)
   1294  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1295  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1296  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_comma = FALSE;
   1297  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_arg = TRUE;
   1298  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok++;
   1299  1.1.1.2  christos 	  num_args++;
   1300  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1301      1.1  christos 	}
   1302      1.1  christos     }
   1303      1.1  christos 
   1304  1.1.1.2  christos  fini:
   1305  1.1.1.2  christos   if (saw_comma || brk_lvl)
   1306  1.1.1.2  christos     goto err;
   1307  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1308  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1309  1.1.1.2  christos   return num_args;
   1310  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1311  1.1.1.2  christos  err:
   1312  1.1.1.2  christos   if (brk_lvl)
   1313  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("Brackets in operand field incorrect"));
   1314  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (saw_comma)
   1315  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("extra comma"));
   1316  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (!saw_arg)
   1317  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("missing argument"));
   1318  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   1319  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("missing comma or colon"));
   1320  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1321  1.1.1.2  christos   return -1;
   1322  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1323      1.1  christos 
   1324  1.1.1.2  christos /* Parse the flags to a structure.  */
   1325      1.1  christos 
   1326  1.1.1.2  christos static int
   1327  1.1.1.2  christos tokenize_flags (const char *str,
   1328  1.1.1.2  christos 		struct arc_flags flags[],
   1329  1.1.1.2  christos 		int nflg)
   1330  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1331  1.1.1.2  christos   char *old_input_line_pointer;
   1332  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean saw_flg = FALSE;
   1333  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean saw_dot = FALSE;
   1334  1.1.1.2  christos   int num_flags  = 0;
   1335  1.1.1.2  christos   size_t flgnamelen;
   1336  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1337  1.1.1.2  christos   memset (flags, 0, sizeof (*flags) * nflg);
   1338  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1339  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function.  */
   1340  1.1.1.2  christos   old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
   1341  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = (char *) str;
   1342  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1343  1.1.1.2  christos   while (*input_line_pointer)
   1344  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1345  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (*input_line_pointer)
   1346  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   1347  1.1.1.2  christos 	case ' ':
   1348  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '\0':
   1349  1.1.1.2  christos 	  goto fini;
   1350  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1351  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '.':
   1352  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer++;
   1353  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (saw_dot)
   1354  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1355  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_dot = TRUE;
   1356  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_flg = FALSE;
   1357  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1358      1.1  christos 
   1359  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   1360  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (saw_flg && !saw_dot)
   1361  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1362      1.1  christos 
   1363  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (num_flags >= nflg)
   1364  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1365      1.1  christos 
   1366  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flgnamelen = strspn (input_line_pointer,
   1367  1.1.1.3  christos 			       "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789");
   1368  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (flgnamelen > MAX_FLAG_NAME_LENGTH)
   1369  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1370  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1371  1.1.1.2  christos 	  memcpy (flags->name, input_line_pointer, flgnamelen);
   1372  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1373  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer += flgnamelen;
   1374  1.1.1.2  christos 	  flags++;
   1375  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_dot = FALSE;
   1376  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_flg = TRUE;
   1377  1.1.1.2  christos 	  num_flags++;
   1378  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1379  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   1380      1.1  christos     }
   1381      1.1  christos 
   1382  1.1.1.2  christos  fini:
   1383  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1384  1.1.1.2  christos   return num_flags;
   1385  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1386  1.1.1.2  christos  err:
   1387  1.1.1.2  christos   if (saw_dot)
   1388  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("extra dot"));
   1389  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (!saw_flg)
   1390  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("unrecognized flag"));
   1391  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   1392  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("failed to parse flags"));
   1393  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1394  1.1.1.2  christos   return -1;
   1395      1.1  christos }
   1396      1.1  christos 
   1397  1.1.1.3  christos /* Apply the fixups in order.  */
   1398  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1399  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1400  1.1.1.3  christos apply_fixups (struct arc_insn *insn, fragS *fragP, int fix)
   1401      1.1  christos {
   1402  1.1.1.3  christos   int i;
   1403      1.1  christos 
   1404  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; i++)
   1405      1.1  christos     {
   1406  1.1.1.3  christos       struct arc_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
   1407  1.1.1.3  christos       int size, pcrel, offset = 0;
   1408      1.1  christos 
   1409  1.1.1.3  christos       /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
   1410  1.1.1.3  christos 	 When it is fixed please delete me.  */
   1411  1.1.1.4  christos       size = ((insn->len == 2) && !fixup->islong) ? 2 : 4;
   1412      1.1  christos 
   1413  1.1.1.3  christos       if (fixup->islong)
   1414  1.1.1.4  christos 	offset = insn->len;
   1415      1.1  christos 
   1416  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Some fixups are only used internally, thus no howto.  */
   1417  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((int) fixup->reloc == 0)
   1418  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Unhandled reloc type"));
   1419      1.1  christos 
   1420  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1421  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   1422  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
   1423  1.1.1.3  christos 	     When it is fixed please enable me.
   1424  1.1.1.4  christos 	     size = ((insn->len == 2 && !fixup->islong) ? 2 : 4; */
   1425  1.1.1.3  christos 	  pcrel = fixup->pcrel;
   1426  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   1427  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   1428  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   1429  1.1.1.3  christos 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
   1430  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   1431  1.1.1.3  christos 				   (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   1432  1.1.1.3  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_howto);
   1433      1.1  christos 
   1434  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
   1435  1.1.1.3  christos 	     When it is fixed please enable me.
   1436  1.1.1.3  christos 	     size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto); */
   1437  1.1.1.3  christos 	  pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
   1438  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   1439      1.1  christos 
   1440  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("%s:%d: apply_fixups: new %s fixup (PCrel:%s) of size %d @ \
   1441  1.1.1.3  christos offset %d + %d\n",
   1442  1.1.1.3  christos 		fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
   1443  1.1.1.3  christos 		(fixup->reloc < 0) ? "Internal" :
   1444  1.1.1.3  christos 		bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixup->reloc),
   1445  1.1.1.3  christos 		pcrel ? "Y" : "N",
   1446  1.1.1.3  christos 		size, fix, offset);
   1447  1.1.1.3  christos       fix_new_exp (fragP, fix + offset,
   1448  1.1.1.3  christos 		   size, &fixup->exp, pcrel, fixup->reloc);
   1449      1.1  christos 
   1450  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Check for ZOLs, and update symbol info if any.  */
   1451  1.1.1.3  christos       if (LP_INSN (insn->insn))
   1452      1.1  christos 	{
   1453  1.1.1.3  christos 	  gas_assert (fixup->exp.X_add_symbol);
   1454  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ARC_SET_FLAG (fixup->exp.X_add_symbol, ARC_FLAG_ZOL);
   1455      1.1  christos 	}
   1456      1.1  christos     }
   1457  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1458      1.1  christos 
   1459  1.1.1.3  christos /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup.  */
   1460      1.1  christos 
   1461  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1462  1.1.1.3  christos emit_insn0 (struct arc_insn *insn, char *where, bfd_boolean relax)
   1463  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1464  1.1.1.3  christos   char *f = where;
   1465  1.1.1.4  christos   size_t total_len;
   1466      1.1  christos 
   1467  1.1.1.4  christos   pr_debug ("Emit insn : 0x%llx\n", insn->insn);
   1468  1.1.1.4  christos   pr_debug ("\tLength  : 0x%d\n", insn->len);
   1469  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("\tLong imm: 0x%lx\n", insn->limm);
   1470      1.1  christos 
   1471  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Write out the instruction.  */
   1472  1.1.1.4  christos   total_len = insn->len + (insn->has_limm ? 4 : 0);
   1473  1.1.1.4  christos   if (!relax)
   1474  1.1.1.4  christos     f = frag_more (total_len);
   1475  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1476  1.1.1.4  christos   md_number_to_chars_midend(f, insn->insn, insn->len);
   1477  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1478  1.1.1.4  christos   if (insn->has_limm)
   1479  1.1.1.4  christos     md_number_to_chars_midend (f + insn->len, insn->limm, 4);
   1480  1.1.1.4  christos   dwarf2_emit_insn (total_len);
   1481      1.1  christos 
   1482  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!relax)
   1483  1.1.1.3  christos     apply_fixups (insn, frag_now, (f - frag_now->fr_literal));
   1484  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1485  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1486  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1487  1.1.1.3  christos emit_insn1 (struct arc_insn *insn)
   1488  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1489  1.1.1.3  christos   /* How frag_var's args are currently configured:
   1490  1.1.1.3  christos      - rs_machine_dependent, to dictate it's a relaxation frag.
   1491  1.1.1.3  christos      - FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, maximum size of instruction
   1492  1.1.1.3  christos      - 0, variable size that might grow...unused by generic relaxation.
   1493  1.1.1.3  christos      - frag_now->fr_subtype, fr_subtype starting value, set previously.
   1494  1.1.1.3  christos      - s, opand expression.
   1495  1.1.1.3  christos      - 0, offset but it's unused.
   1496  1.1.1.3  christos      - 0, opcode but it's unused.  */
   1497  1.1.1.3  christos   symbolS *s = make_expr_symbol (&insn->fixups[0].exp);
   1498  1.1.1.3  christos   frag_now->tc_frag_data.pcrel = insn->fixups[0].pcrel;
   1499  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1500  1.1.1.3  christos   if (frag_room () < FRAG_MAX_GROWTH)
   1501  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   1502  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Handle differently when frag literal memory is exhausted.
   1503  1.1.1.3  christos 	 This is used because when there's not enough memory left in
   1504  1.1.1.3  christos 	 the current frag, a new frag is created and the information
   1505  1.1.1.3  christos 	 we put into frag_now->tc_frag_data is disregarded.  */
   1506  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1507  1.1.1.3  christos       struct arc_relax_type relax_info_copy;
   1508  1.1.1.3  christos       relax_substateT subtype = frag_now->fr_subtype;
   1509  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1510  1.1.1.3  christos       memcpy (&relax_info_copy, &frag_now->tc_frag_data,
   1511  1.1.1.3  christos 	      sizeof (struct arc_relax_type));
   1512      1.1  christos 
   1513  1.1.1.3  christos       frag_wane (frag_now);
   1514  1.1.1.3  christos       frag_grow (FRAG_MAX_GROWTH);
   1515      1.1  christos 
   1516  1.1.1.3  christos       memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data, &relax_info_copy,
   1517  1.1.1.3  christos 	      sizeof (struct arc_relax_type));
   1518  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1519  1.1.1.3  christos       frag_var (rs_machine_dependent, FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, 0,
   1520  1.1.1.3  christos 		subtype, s, 0, 0);
   1521  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   1522  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   1523  1.1.1.3  christos     frag_var (rs_machine_dependent, FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, 0,
   1524  1.1.1.3  christos 	      frag_now->fr_subtype, s, 0, 0);
   1525      1.1  christos }
   1526      1.1  christos 
   1527  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1528  1.1.1.3  christos emit_insn (struct arc_insn *insn)
   1529      1.1  christos {
   1530  1.1.1.3  christos   if (insn->relax)
   1531  1.1.1.3  christos     emit_insn1 (insn);
   1532      1.1  christos   else
   1533  1.1.1.3  christos     emit_insn0 (insn, NULL, FALSE);
   1534      1.1  christos }
   1535      1.1  christos 
   1536  1.1.1.3  christos /* Check whether a symbol involves a register.  */
   1537      1.1  christos 
   1538  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   1539  1.1.1.3  christos contains_register (symbolS *sym)
   1540      1.1  christos {
   1541  1.1.1.3  christos   if (sym)
   1542  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   1543  1.1.1.3  christos       expressionS *ex = symbol_get_value_expression (sym);
   1544  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1545  1.1.1.3  christos       return ((O_register == ex->X_op)
   1546  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && !contains_register (ex->X_add_symbol)
   1547  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && !contains_register (ex->X_op_symbol));
   1548  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   1549      1.1  christos 
   1550  1.1.1.3  christos   return FALSE;
   1551      1.1  christos }
   1552      1.1  christos 
   1553  1.1.1.3  christos /* Returns the register number within a symbol.  */
   1554      1.1  christos 
   1555  1.1.1.3  christos static int
   1556  1.1.1.3  christos get_register (symbolS *sym)
   1557      1.1  christos {
   1558  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!contains_register (sym))
   1559  1.1.1.3  christos     return -1;
   1560      1.1  christos 
   1561  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS *ex = symbol_get_value_expression (sym);
   1562  1.1.1.3  christos   return regno (ex->X_add_number);
   1563  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1564      1.1  christos 
   1565  1.1.1.3  christos /* Return true if a RELOC is generic.  A generic reloc is PC-rel of a
   1566  1.1.1.3  christos    simple ME relocation (e.g. RELOC_ARC_32_ME, BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32.  */
   1567      1.1  christos 
   1568  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   1569  1.1.1.3  christos generic_reloc_p (extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   1570  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1571  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!reloc)
   1572  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1573      1.1  christos 
   1574  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (reloc)
   1575      1.1  christos     {
   1576  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST:
   1577  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST1:
   1578  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST2:
   1579  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD:
   1580  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD1:
   1581  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD2:
   1582  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_ST2:
   1583  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA32_ME:
   1584  1.1.1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   1585  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   1586  1.1.1.3  christos       return TRUE;
   1587      1.1  christos     }
   1588      1.1  christos }
   1589      1.1  christos 
   1590  1.1.1.3  christos /* Allocates a tok entry.  */
   1591      1.1  christos 
   1592  1.1.1.3  christos static int
   1593  1.1.1.3  christos allocate_tok (expressionS *tok, int ntok, int cidx)
   1594      1.1  christos {
   1595  1.1.1.3  christos   if (ntok > MAX_INSN_ARGS - 2)
   1596  1.1.1.3  christos     return 0; /* No space left.  */
   1597      1.1  christos 
   1598  1.1.1.3  christos   if (cidx > ntok)
   1599  1.1.1.4  christos     return 0; /* Incorrect args.  */
   1600  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1601  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (&tok[ntok+1], &tok[ntok], sizeof (*tok));
   1602  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1603  1.1.1.3  christos   if (cidx == ntok)
   1604  1.1.1.3  christos     return 1; /* Success.  */
   1605  1.1.1.3  christos   return allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, cidx);
   1606      1.1  christos }
   1607      1.1  christos 
   1608  1.1.1.3  christos /* Check if an particular ARC feature is enabled.  */
   1609      1.1  christos 
   1610  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   1611  1.1.1.3  christos check_cpu_feature (insn_subclass_t sc)
   1612  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1613  1.1.1.4  christos   if (is_code_density_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & CD))
   1614  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1615  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1616  1.1.1.4  christos   if (is_spfp_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & SPX))
   1617  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1618  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1619  1.1.1.4  christos   if (is_dpfp_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & DPX))
   1620  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1621  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1622  1.1.1.4  christos   if (is_fpuda_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & DPA))
   1623  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1624  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1625  1.1.1.4  christos   if (is_nps400_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & NPS400))
   1626  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1627  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1628  1.1.1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   1629  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1630  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1631  1.1.1.3  christos /* Parse the flags described by FIRST_PFLAG and NFLGS against the flag
   1632  1.1.1.3  christos    operands in OPCODE.  Stores the matching OPCODES into the FIRST_PFLAG
   1633  1.1.1.3  christos    array and returns TRUE if the flag operands all match, otherwise,
   1634  1.1.1.3  christos    returns FALSE, in which case the FIRST_PFLAG array may have been
   1635  1.1.1.3  christos    modified.  */
   1636  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1637  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   1638  1.1.1.3  christos parse_opcode_flags (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
   1639  1.1.1.3  christos                     int nflgs,
   1640  1.1.1.3  christos                     struct arc_flags *first_pflag)
   1641  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1642  1.1.1.3  christos   int lnflg, i;
   1643  1.1.1.3  christos   const unsigned char *flgidx;
   1644  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1645  1.1.1.3  christos   lnflg = nflgs;
   1646  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++)
   1647  1.1.1.3  christos     first_pflag[i].flgp = NULL;
   1648  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1649  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check the flags.  Iterate over the valid flag classes.  */
   1650  1.1.1.3  christos   for (flgidx = opcode->flags; *flgidx; ++flgidx)
   1651  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   1652  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Get a valid flag class.  */
   1653  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_flag_class *cl_flags = &arc_flag_classes[*flgidx];
   1654  1.1.1.3  christos       const unsigned *flgopridx;
   1655  1.1.1.3  christos       int cl_matches = 0;
   1656  1.1.1.3  christos       struct arc_flags *pflag = NULL;
   1657  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1658  1.1.1.4  christos       /* Check if opcode has implicit flag classes.  */
   1659  1.1.1.4  christos       if (cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_IMPLICIT)
   1660  1.1.1.4  christos 	continue;
   1661  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1662  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Check for extension conditional codes.  */
   1663  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode
   1664  1.1.1.3  christos           && cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_EXTEND)
   1665  1.1.1.3  christos         {
   1666  1.1.1.3  christos           struct arc_flag_operand *pf = ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode;
   1667  1.1.1.3  christos           while (pf->name)
   1668  1.1.1.3  christos             {
   1669  1.1.1.3  christos               pflag = first_pflag;
   1670  1.1.1.3  christos               for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++, pflag++)
   1671  1.1.1.3  christos                 {
   1672  1.1.1.3  christos                   if (!strcmp (pf->name, pflag->name))
   1673  1.1.1.3  christos                     {
   1674  1.1.1.3  christos                       if (pflag->flgp != NULL)
   1675  1.1.1.3  christos                         return FALSE;
   1676  1.1.1.3  christos                       /* Found it.  */
   1677  1.1.1.3  christos                       cl_matches++;
   1678  1.1.1.3  christos                       pflag->flgp = pf;
   1679  1.1.1.3  christos                       lnflg--;
   1680  1.1.1.3  christos                       break;
   1681  1.1.1.3  christos                     }
   1682  1.1.1.3  christos                 }
   1683  1.1.1.3  christos               pf++;
   1684  1.1.1.3  christos             }
   1685  1.1.1.3  christos         }
   1686  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1687  1.1.1.3  christos       for (flgopridx = cl_flags->flags; *flgopridx; ++flgopridx)
   1688  1.1.1.3  christos         {
   1689  1.1.1.3  christos           const struct arc_flag_operand *flg_operand;
   1690  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1691  1.1.1.3  christos           pflag = first_pflag;
   1692  1.1.1.3  christos           flg_operand = &arc_flag_operands[*flgopridx];
   1693  1.1.1.3  christos           for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++, pflag++)
   1694  1.1.1.3  christos             {
   1695  1.1.1.3  christos               /* Match against the parsed flags.  */
   1696  1.1.1.3  christos               if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, pflag->name))
   1697  1.1.1.3  christos                 {
   1698  1.1.1.3  christos                   if (pflag->flgp != NULL)
   1699  1.1.1.3  christos                     return FALSE;
   1700  1.1.1.3  christos                   cl_matches++;
   1701  1.1.1.3  christos                   pflag->flgp = flg_operand;
   1702  1.1.1.3  christos                   lnflg--;
   1703  1.1.1.3  christos                   break; /* goto next flag class and parsed flag.  */
   1704  1.1.1.3  christos                 }
   1705  1.1.1.3  christos             }
   1706  1.1.1.3  christos         }
   1707  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1708  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_REQUIRED) && cl_matches == 0)
   1709  1.1.1.3  christos         return FALSE;
   1710  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_OPTIONAL) && cl_matches > 1)
   1711  1.1.1.3  christos         return FALSE;
   1712      1.1  christos     }
   1713  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1714  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Did I check all the parsed flags?  */
   1715  1.1.1.3  christos   return lnflg ? FALSE : TRUE;
   1716  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1717  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1718  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1719  1.1.1.3  christos /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
   1720  1.1.1.3  christos    syntax match.  */
   1721  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1722  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode *
   1723  1.1.1.3  christos find_opcode_match (const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry,
   1724  1.1.1.3  christos 		   expressionS *tok,
   1725  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int *pntok,
   1726  1.1.1.3  christos 		   struct arc_flags *first_pflag,
   1727  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int nflgs,
   1728  1.1.1.4  christos 		   int *pcpumatch,
   1729  1.1.1.4  christos 		   const char **errmsg)
   1730  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1731  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
   1732  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator iter;
   1733  1.1.1.3  christos   int ntok = *pntok;
   1734  1.1.1.3  christos   int got_cpu_match = 0;
   1735  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS bktok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
   1736  1.1.1.3  christos   int bkntok;
   1737  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS emptyE;
   1738  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1739  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_init (&iter);
   1740  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&emptyE, 0, sizeof (emptyE));
   1741  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (bktok, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS * sizeof (*tok));
   1742  1.1.1.3  christos   bkntok = ntok;
   1743  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1744  1.1.1.3  christos   for (opcode = arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (entry, &iter);
   1745  1.1.1.3  christos        opcode != NULL;
   1746  1.1.1.3  christos        opcode = arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (entry, &iter))
   1747      1.1  christos     {
   1748  1.1.1.3  christos       const unsigned char *opidx;
   1749  1.1.1.3  christos       int tokidx = 0;
   1750  1.1.1.3  christos       const expressionS *t = &emptyE;
   1751  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1752  1.1.1.4  christos       pr_debug ("%s:%d: find_opcode_match: trying opcode 0x%08llX ",
   1753  1.1.1.3  christos 		frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opcode->opcode);
   1754  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1755  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this
   1756  1.1.1.3  christos 	 architecture.  */
   1757  1.1.1.4  christos       if (!(opcode->cpu & selected_cpu.flags))
   1758  1.1.1.3  christos 	goto match_failed;
   1759  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1760  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!check_cpu_feature (opcode->subclass))
   1761  1.1.1.3  christos 	goto match_failed;
   1762  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1763  1.1.1.3  christos       got_cpu_match = 1;
   1764  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("cpu ");
   1765  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1766  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Check the operands.  */
   1767  1.1.1.3  christos       for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
   1768  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   1769  1.1.1.3  christos 	  const struct arc_operand *operand = &arc_operands[*opidx];
   1770  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1771  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Only take input from real operands.  */
   1772  1.1.1.4  christos 	  if (ARC_OPERAND_IS_FAKE (operand))
   1773  1.1.1.3  christos 	    continue;
   1774  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1775  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* When we expect input, make sure we have it.  */
   1776  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (tokidx >= ntok)
   1777  1.1.1.3  christos 	    goto match_failed;
   1778  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1779  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Match operand type with expression type.  */
   1780  1.1.1.3  christos 	  switch (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
   1781  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   1782  1.1.1.4  christos             case ARC_OPERAND_ADDRTYPE:
   1783  1.1.1.4  christos 	      {
   1784  1.1.1.4  christos 		*errmsg = NULL;
   1785  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1786  1.1.1.4  christos 		/* Check to be an address type.  */
   1787  1.1.1.4  christos 		if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_addrtype)
   1788  1.1.1.4  christos 		  goto match_failed;
   1789  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1790  1.1.1.4  christos 		/* All address type operands need to have an insert
   1791  1.1.1.4  christos 		   method in order to check that we have the correct
   1792  1.1.1.4  christos 		   address type.  */
   1793  1.1.1.4  christos 		gas_assert (operand->insert != NULL);
   1794  1.1.1.4  christos 		(*operand->insert) (0, tok[tokidx].X_add_number,
   1795  1.1.1.4  christos 				    errmsg);
   1796  1.1.1.4  christos 		if (*errmsg != NULL)
   1797  1.1.1.4  christos 		  goto match_failed;
   1798  1.1.1.4  christos 	      }
   1799  1.1.1.4  christos               break;
   1800  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1801  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_IR:
   1802  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Check to be a register.  */
   1803  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if ((tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1804  1.1.1.3  christos 		   || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1805  1.1.1.3  christos 		  && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
   1806  1.1.1.3  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1807  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1808  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* If expect duplicate, make sure it is duplicate.  */
   1809  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
   1810  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   1811  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Check for duplicate.  */
   1812  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (t->X_op != O_register
   1813  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || !is_ir_num (t->X_add_number)
   1814  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || (regno (t->X_add_number) !=
   1815  1.1.1.3  christos 			  regno (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)))
   1816  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed;
   1817  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   1818  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1819  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Special handling?  */
   1820  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (operand->insert)
   1821  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   1822  1.1.1.4  christos 		  *errmsg = NULL;
   1823  1.1.1.3  christos 		  (*operand->insert)(0,
   1824  1.1.1.3  christos 				     regno (tok[tokidx].X_add_number),
   1825  1.1.1.4  christos 				     errmsg);
   1826  1.1.1.4  christos 		  if (*errmsg)
   1827  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1828  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE)
   1829  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1830  1.1.1.3  christos 			  /* Missing argument, create one.  */
   1831  1.1.1.3  christos 			  if (!allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, tokidx))
   1832  1.1.1.3  christos 			    goto match_failed;
   1833  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1834  1.1.1.3  christos 			  tok[tokidx].X_op = O_absent;
   1835  1.1.1.3  christos 			  ++ntok;
   1836  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1837  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else
   1838  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1839  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   1840  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   1841  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1842  1.1.1.3  christos 	      t = &tok[tokidx];
   1843  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   1844  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1845  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET:
   1846  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Check if bracket is also in opcode table as
   1847  1.1.1.3  christos 		 operand.  */
   1848  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_bracket)
   1849  1.1.1.3  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1850  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   1851  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1852  1.1.1.4  christos             case ARC_OPERAND_COLON:
   1853  1.1.1.4  christos               /* Check if colon is also in opcode table as operand.  */
   1854  1.1.1.4  christos               if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_colon)
   1855  1.1.1.4  christos                 goto match_failed;
   1856  1.1.1.4  christos               break;
   1857  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1858  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_LIMM:
   1859  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED:
   1860  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
   1861  1.1.1.3  christos 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   1862  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   1863  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_illegal:
   1864  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_absent:
   1865  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_register:
   1866  1.1.1.3  christos 		  goto match_failed;
   1867  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1868  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_bracket:
   1869  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Got an (too) early bracket, check if it is an
   1870  1.1.1.3  christos 		     ignored operand.  N.B. This procedure works only
   1871  1.1.1.3  christos 		     when bracket is the last operand!  */
   1872  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
   1873  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed;
   1874  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Insert the missing operand.  */
   1875  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (!allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, tokidx))
   1876  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed;
   1877  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1878  1.1.1.3  christos 		  tok[tokidx].X_op = O_absent;
   1879  1.1.1.3  christos 		  ++ntok;
   1880  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   1881  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1882  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_symbol:
   1883  1.1.1.3  christos 		  {
   1884  1.1.1.3  christos 		    const char *p;
   1885  1.1.1.3  christos 		    const struct arc_aux_reg *auxr;
   1886  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1887  1.1.1.3  christos 		    if (opcode->insn_class != AUXREG)
   1888  1.1.1.3  christos 		      goto de_fault;
   1889  1.1.1.3  christos 		    p = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
   1890  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1891  1.1.1.3  christos 		    auxr = hash_find (arc_aux_hash, p);
   1892  1.1.1.3  christos 		    if (auxr)
   1893  1.1.1.3  christos 		      {
   1894  1.1.1.3  christos 			/* We modify the token array here, safe in the
   1895  1.1.1.3  christos 			   knowledge, that if this was the wrong
   1896  1.1.1.3  christos 			   choice then the original contents will be
   1897  1.1.1.3  christos 			   restored from BKTOK.  */
   1898  1.1.1.3  christos 			tok[tokidx].X_op = O_constant;
   1899  1.1.1.3  christos 			tok[tokidx].X_add_number = auxr->address;
   1900  1.1.1.3  christos 			ARC_SET_FLAG (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol, ARC_FLAG_AUX);
   1901  1.1.1.3  christos 		      }
   1902  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1903  1.1.1.3  christos 		    if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_constant)
   1904  1.1.1.3  christos 		      goto de_fault;
   1905  1.1.1.3  christos 		  }
   1906  1.1.1.4  christos 		  /* Fall through.  */
   1907  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_constant:
   1908  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Check the range.  */
   1909  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (operand->bits != 32
   1910  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK))
   1911  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1912  1.1.1.3  christos 		      offsetT min, max, val;
   1913  1.1.1.3  christos 		      val = tok[tokidx].X_add_number;
   1914  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1915  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   1916  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1917  1.1.1.3  christos 			  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
   1918  1.1.1.3  christos 			  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
   1919  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1920  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else
   1921  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1922  1.1.1.3  christos 			  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
   1923  1.1.1.3  christos 			  min = 0;
   1924  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1925  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1926  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (val < min || val > max)
   1927  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1928  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1929  1.1.1.4  christos 		      /* Check alignments.  */
   1930  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
   1931  1.1.1.3  christos 			  && (val & 0x03))
   1932  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1933  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1934  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
   1935  1.1.1.3  christos 			  && (val & 0x01))
   1936  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1937  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   1938  1.1.1.3  christos 		  else if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK)
   1939  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1940  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (operand->insert)
   1941  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1942  1.1.1.4  christos 			  *errmsg = NULL;
   1943  1.1.1.3  christos 			  (*operand->insert)(0,
   1944  1.1.1.3  christos 					     tok[tokidx].X_add_number,
   1945  1.1.1.4  christos 					     errmsg);
   1946  1.1.1.4  christos 			  if (*errmsg)
   1947  1.1.1.3  christos 			    goto match_failed;
   1948  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1949  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
   1950  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1951  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   1952  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   1953  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1954  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_subtract:
   1955  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Check if it is register range.  */
   1956  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if ((tok[tokidx].X_add_number == 0)
   1957  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && contains_register (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol)
   1958  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && contains_register (tok[tokidx].X_op_symbol))
   1959  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1960  1.1.1.3  christos 		      int regs;
   1961  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1962  1.1.1.3  christos 		      regs = get_register (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
   1963  1.1.1.3  christos 		      regs <<= 16;
   1964  1.1.1.3  christos 		      regs |= get_register (tok[tokidx].X_op_symbol);
   1965  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (operand->insert)
   1966  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1967  1.1.1.4  christos 			  *errmsg = NULL;
   1968  1.1.1.3  christos 			  (*operand->insert)(0,
   1969  1.1.1.3  christos 					     regs,
   1970  1.1.1.4  christos 					     errmsg);
   1971  1.1.1.4  christos 			  if (*errmsg)
   1972  1.1.1.3  christos 			    goto match_failed;
   1973  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1974  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else
   1975  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1976  1.1.1.3  christos 		      break;
   1977  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   1978  1.1.1.4  christos 		  /* Fall through.  */
   1979  1.1.1.3  christos 		default:
   1980  1.1.1.3  christos 		de_fault:
   1981  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
   1982  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed; /* The operand needs relocation.  */
   1983  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1984  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Relocs requiring long immediate.  FIXME! make it
   1985  1.1.1.3  christos 		     generic and move it to a function.  */
   1986  1.1.1.3  christos 		  switch (tok[tokidx].X_md)
   1987  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1988  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_gotoff:
   1989  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_gotpc:
   1990  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_pcl:
   1991  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_tpoff:
   1992  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_dtpoff:
   1993  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_tlsgd:
   1994  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_tlsie:
   1995  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM))
   1996  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1997  1.1.1.4  christos 		      /* Fall through.  */
   1998  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_absent:
   1999  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (!generic_reloc_p (operand->default_reloc))
   2000  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   2001  1.1.1.4  christos 		      break;
   2002  1.1.1.3  christos 		    default:
   2003  1.1.1.3  christos 		      break;
   2004  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   2005  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   2006  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   2007  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* If expect duplicate, make sure it is duplicate.  */
   2008  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
   2009  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   2010  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (t->X_op == O_illegal
   2011  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || t->X_op == O_absent
   2012  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || t->X_op == O_register
   2013  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || (t->X_add_number != tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   2014  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed;
   2015  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   2016  1.1.1.3  christos 	      t = &tok[tokidx];
   2017  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2018  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2019  1.1.1.3  christos 	    default:
   2020  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Everything else should have been fake.  */
   2021  1.1.1.3  christos 	      abort ();
   2022  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2023  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2024  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ++tokidx;
   2025  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2026  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("opr ");
   2027  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2028  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Setup ready for flag parsing.  */
   2029  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!parse_opcode_flags (opcode, nflgs, first_pflag))
   2030  1.1.1.3  christos 	goto match_failed;
   2031  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2032  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("flg");
   2033  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input?  */
   2034  1.1.1.3  christos       if (tokidx == ntok)
   2035  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2036  1.1.1.3  christos 	  *pntok = ntok;
   2037  1.1.1.3  christos 	  pr_debug ("\n");
   2038  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return opcode;
   2039  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2040  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2041  1.1.1.3  christos     match_failed:;
   2042  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("\n");
   2043  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Restore the original parameters.  */
   2044  1.1.1.3  christos       memcpy (tok, bktok, MAX_INSN_ARGS * sizeof (*tok));
   2045  1.1.1.3  christos       ntok = bkntok;
   2046      1.1  christos     }
   2047      1.1  christos 
   2048  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*pcpumatch)
   2049  1.1.1.3  christos     *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
   2050      1.1  christos 
   2051  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   2052  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2053  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2054  1.1.1.3  christos /* Swap operand tokens.  */
   2055      1.1  christos 
   2056  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   2057  1.1.1.3  christos swap_operand (expressionS *operand_array,
   2058  1.1.1.3  christos 	      unsigned source,
   2059  1.1.1.3  christos 	      unsigned destination)
   2060  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2061  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS cpy_operand;
   2062  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS *src_operand;
   2063  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS *dst_operand;
   2064  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t size;
   2065  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2066  1.1.1.3  christos   if (source == destination)
   2067  1.1.1.3  christos     return;
   2068  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2069  1.1.1.3  christos   src_operand = &operand_array[source];
   2070  1.1.1.3  christos   dst_operand = &operand_array[destination];
   2071  1.1.1.3  christos   size = sizeof (expressionS);
   2072  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2073  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Make copy of operand to swap with and swap.  */
   2074  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (&cpy_operand, dst_operand, size);
   2075  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (dst_operand, src_operand, size);
   2076  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (src_operand, &cpy_operand, size);
   2077  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2078  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2079  1.1.1.3  christos /* Check if *op matches *tok type.
   2080  1.1.1.3  christos    Returns FALSE if they don't match, TRUE if they match.  */
   2081  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2082  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   2083  1.1.1.3  christos pseudo_operand_match (const expressionS *tok,
   2084  1.1.1.3  christos 		      const struct arc_operand_operation *op)
   2085  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2086  1.1.1.3  christos   offsetT min, max, val;
   2087  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean ret;
   2088  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand *operand_real = &arc_operands[op->operand_idx];
   2089  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2090  1.1.1.3  christos   ret = FALSE;
   2091  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (tok->X_op)
   2092  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2093  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_constant:
   2094  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_real->bits == 32 && (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM))
   2095  1.1.1.3  christos 	ret = 1;
   2096  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (!(operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR))
   2097  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2098  1.1.1.3  christos 	  val = tok->X_add_number + op->count;
   2099  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   2100  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2101  1.1.1.3  christos 	      max = (1 << (operand_real->bits - 1)) - 1;
   2102  1.1.1.3  christos 	      min = -(1 << (operand_real->bits - 1));
   2103  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2104  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else
   2105  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2106  1.1.1.3  christos 	      max = (1 << operand_real->bits) - 1;
   2107  1.1.1.3  christos 	      min = 0;
   2108  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2109  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (min <= val && val <= max)
   2110  1.1.1.3  christos 	    ret = TRUE;
   2111  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2112  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2113  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2114  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_symbol:
   2115  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Handle all symbols as long immediates or signed 9.  */
   2116  1.1.1.4  christos       if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM
   2117  1.1.1.4  christos 	  || ((operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   2118  1.1.1.4  christos 	      && operand_real->bits == 9))
   2119  1.1.1.3  christos 	ret = TRUE;
   2120  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2121      1.1  christos 
   2122  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_register:
   2123  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR)
   2124  1.1.1.3  christos 	ret = TRUE;
   2125  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2126  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2127  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_bracket:
   2128  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET)
   2129  1.1.1.3  christos 	ret = TRUE;
   2130  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2131      1.1  christos 
   2132  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   2133  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Unknown.  */
   2134  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2135  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2136  1.1.1.3  christos   return ret;
   2137  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2138      1.1  christos 
   2139  1.1.1.3  christos /* Find pseudo instruction in array.  */
   2140  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2141  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_pseudo_insn *
   2142  1.1.1.3  christos find_pseudo_insn (const char *opname,
   2143  1.1.1.3  christos 		  int ntok,
   2144  1.1.1.3  christos 		  const expressionS *tok)
   2145  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2146  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_pseudo_insn *pseudo_insn = NULL;
   2147  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand_operation *op;
   2148  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned int i;
   2149  1.1.1.3  christos   int j;
   2150  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2151  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_pseudo_insn; ++i)
   2152      1.1  christos     {
   2153  1.1.1.3  christos       pseudo_insn = &arc_pseudo_insns[i];
   2154  1.1.1.3  christos       if (strcmp (pseudo_insn->mnemonic_p, opname) == 0)
   2155  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2156  1.1.1.3  christos 	  op = pseudo_insn->operand;
   2157  1.1.1.3  christos 	  for (j = 0; j < ntok; ++j)
   2158  1.1.1.3  christos 	    if (!pseudo_operand_match (&tok[j], &op[j]))
   2159  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2160  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2161  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Found the right instruction.  */
   2162  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (j == ntok)
   2163  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return pseudo_insn;
   2164  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2165      1.1  christos     }
   2166  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   2167  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2168      1.1  christos 
   2169  1.1.1.3  christos /* Assumes the expressionS *tok is of sufficient size.  */
   2170      1.1  christos 
   2171  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
   2172  1.1.1.3  christos find_special_case_pseudo (const char *opname,
   2173  1.1.1.3  christos 			  int *ntok,
   2174  1.1.1.3  christos 			  expressionS *tok,
   2175  1.1.1.3  christos 			  int *nflgs,
   2176  1.1.1.3  christos 			  struct arc_flags *pflags)
   2177  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2178  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_pseudo_insn *pseudo_insn = NULL;
   2179  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand_operation *operand_pseudo;
   2180  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand *operand_real;
   2181  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned i;
   2182  1.1.1.3  christos   char construct_operand[MAX_CONSTR_STR];
   2183  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2184  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Find whether opname is in pseudo instruction array.  */
   2185  1.1.1.3  christos   pseudo_insn = find_pseudo_insn (opname, *ntok, tok);
   2186      1.1  christos 
   2187  1.1.1.3  christos   if (pseudo_insn == NULL)
   2188  1.1.1.3  christos     return NULL;
   2189      1.1  christos 
   2190  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Handle flag, Limited to one flag at the moment.  */
   2191  1.1.1.3  christos   if (pseudo_insn->flag_r != NULL)
   2192  1.1.1.3  christos     *nflgs += tokenize_flags (pseudo_insn->flag_r, &pflags[*nflgs],
   2193  1.1.1.3  christos 			      MAX_INSN_FLGS - *nflgs);
   2194      1.1  christos 
   2195  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Handle operand operations.  */
   2196  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < pseudo_insn->operand_cnt; ++i)
   2197  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2198  1.1.1.3  christos       operand_pseudo = &pseudo_insn->operand[i];
   2199  1.1.1.3  christos       operand_real = &arc_operands[operand_pseudo->operand_idx];
   2200  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2201  1.1.1.4  christos       if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET
   2202  1.1.1.4  christos 	  && !operand_pseudo->needs_insert)
   2203  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2204  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2205  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Has to be inserted (i.e. this token does not exist yet).  */
   2206  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_pseudo->needs_insert)
   2207  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2208  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET)
   2209  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2210  1.1.1.3  christos 	      tok[i].X_op = O_bracket;
   2211  1.1.1.3  christos 	      ++(*ntok);
   2212  1.1.1.3  christos 	      continue;
   2213  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2214  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2215  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Check if operand is a register or constant and handle it
   2216  1.1.1.3  christos 	     by type.  */
   2217  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR)
   2218  1.1.1.3  christos 	    snprintf (construct_operand, MAX_CONSTR_STR, "r%d",
   2219  1.1.1.3  christos 		      operand_pseudo->count);
   2220  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else
   2221  1.1.1.3  christos 	    snprintf (construct_operand, MAX_CONSTR_STR, "%d",
   2222  1.1.1.3  christos 		      operand_pseudo->count);
   2223  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2224  1.1.1.3  christos 	  tokenize_arguments (construct_operand, &tok[i], 1);
   2225  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ++(*ntok);
   2226  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2227      1.1  christos 
   2228  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (operand_pseudo->count)
   2229  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2230  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Operand number has to be adjusted accordingly (by operand
   2231  1.1.1.3  christos 	     type).  */
   2232  1.1.1.3  christos 	  switch (tok[i].X_op)
   2233  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2234  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case O_constant:
   2235  1.1.1.3  christos 	      tok[i].X_add_number += operand_pseudo->count;
   2236  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2237      1.1  christos 
   2238  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case O_symbol:
   2239  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2240  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2241  1.1.1.3  christos 	    default:
   2242  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Ignored.  */
   2243  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2244  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2245  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2246  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2247  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2248  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Swap operands if necessary.  Only supports one swap at the
   2249  1.1.1.3  christos      moment.  */
   2250  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < pseudo_insn->operand_cnt; ++i)
   2251  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2252  1.1.1.3  christos       operand_pseudo = &pseudo_insn->operand[i];
   2253  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2254  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_pseudo->swap_operand_idx == i)
   2255  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2256  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2257  1.1.1.3  christos       swap_operand (tok, i, operand_pseudo->swap_operand_idx);
   2258  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2259  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Prevent a swap back later by breaking out.  */
   2260  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2261      1.1  christos     }
   2262  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2263  1.1.1.3  christos   return arc_find_opcode (pseudo_insn->mnemonic_r);
   2264  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2265  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2266  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
   2267  1.1.1.3  christos find_special_case_flag (const char *opname,
   2268  1.1.1.3  christos 			int *nflgs,
   2269  1.1.1.3  christos 			struct arc_flags *pflags)
   2270  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2271  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned int i;
   2272  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *flagnm;
   2273  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned flag_idx, flag_arr_idx;
   2274  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t flaglen, oplen;
   2275  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_flag_special *arc_flag_special_opcode;
   2276  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
   2277  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2278  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Search for special case instruction.  */
   2279  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_flag_special; i++)
   2280      1.1  christos     {
   2281  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_flag_special_opcode = &arc_flag_special_cases[i];
   2282  1.1.1.3  christos       oplen = strlen (arc_flag_special_opcode->name);
   2283  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2284  1.1.1.3  christos       if (strncmp (opname, arc_flag_special_opcode->name, oplen) != 0)
   2285  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2286  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2287  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Found a potential special case instruction, now test for
   2288  1.1.1.3  christos 	 flags.  */
   2289  1.1.1.3  christos       for (flag_arr_idx = 0;; ++flag_arr_idx)
   2290      1.1  christos 	{
   2291  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flag_idx = arc_flag_special_opcode->flags[flag_arr_idx];
   2292  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (flag_idx == 0)
   2293  1.1.1.3  christos 	    break;  /* End of array, nothing found.  */
   2294  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2295  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flagnm = arc_flag_operands[flag_idx].name;
   2296  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flaglen = strlen (flagnm);
   2297  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (strcmp (opname + oplen, flagnm) == 0)
   2298  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2299  1.1.1.3  christos               entry = arc_find_opcode (arc_flag_special_opcode->name);
   2300  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2301  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (*nflgs + 1 > MAX_INSN_FLGS)
   2302  1.1.1.3  christos 		break;
   2303  1.1.1.3  christos 	      memcpy (pflags[*nflgs].name, flagnm, flaglen);
   2304  1.1.1.3  christos 	      pflags[*nflgs].name[flaglen] = '\0';
   2305  1.1.1.3  christos 	      (*nflgs)++;
   2306  1.1.1.3  christos 	      return entry;
   2307  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2308      1.1  christos 	}
   2309      1.1  christos     }
   2310  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   2311  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2312      1.1  christos 
   2313  1.1.1.3  christos /* Used to find special case opcode.  */
   2314      1.1  christos 
   2315  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
   2316  1.1.1.3  christos find_special_case (const char *opname,
   2317  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int *nflgs,
   2318  1.1.1.3  christos 		   struct arc_flags *pflags,
   2319  1.1.1.3  christos 		   expressionS *tok,
   2320  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int *ntok)
   2321      1.1  christos {
   2322  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
   2323      1.1  christos 
   2324  1.1.1.3  christos   entry = find_special_case_pseudo (opname, ntok, tok, nflgs, pflags);
   2325  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2326  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry == NULL)
   2327  1.1.1.3  christos     entry = find_special_case_flag (opname, nflgs, pflags);
   2328  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2329  1.1.1.3  christos   return entry;
   2330  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2331  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2332  1.1.1.4  christos /* Autodetect cpu attribute list.  */
   2333  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2334  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   2335  1.1.1.4  christos autodetect_attributes (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
   2336  1.1.1.4  christos 			 const expressionS *tok,
   2337  1.1.1.4  christos 			 int ntok)
   2338  1.1.1.4  christos {
   2339  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned i;
   2340  1.1.1.4  christos   struct mpy_type
   2341  1.1.1.4  christos   {
   2342  1.1.1.4  christos     unsigned feature;
   2343  1.1.1.4  christos     unsigned encoding;
   2344  1.1.1.4  christos   } mpy_list[] = {{ MPY1E, 1 }, { MPY6E, 6 }, { MPY7E, 7 }, { MPY8E, 8 },
   2345  1.1.1.4  christos 		 { MPY9E, 9 }};
   2346  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2347  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
   2348  1.1.1.4  christos     if (opcode->subclass == feature_list[i].feature)
   2349  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.features |= feature_list[i].feature;
   2350  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2351  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mpy_list); i++)
   2352  1.1.1.4  christos     if (opcode->subclass == mpy_list[i].feature)
   2353  1.1.1.4  christos       mpy_option = mpy_list[i].encoding;
   2354  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2355  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < (unsigned) ntok; i++)
   2356  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   2357  1.1.1.4  christos       switch (tok[i].X_md)
   2358  1.1.1.4  christos 	{
   2359  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_gotoff:
   2360  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_gotpc:
   2361  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_plt:
   2362  1.1.1.4  christos 	  pic_option = 2;
   2363  1.1.1.4  christos 	  break;
   2364  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_sda:
   2365  1.1.1.4  christos 	  sda_option = 2;
   2366  1.1.1.4  christos 	  break;
   2367  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_tlsgd:
   2368  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_tlsie:
   2369  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_tpoff9:
   2370  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_tpoff:
   2371  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_dtpoff9:
   2372  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_dtpoff:
   2373  1.1.1.4  christos 	  tls_option = 1;
   2374  1.1.1.4  christos 	  break;
   2375  1.1.1.4  christos 	default:
   2376  1.1.1.4  christos 	  break;
   2377  1.1.1.4  christos 	}
   2378  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   2379  1.1.1.4  christos }
   2380  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2381  1.1.1.3  christos /* Given an opcode name, pre-tockenized set of argumenst and the
   2382  1.1.1.3  christos    opcode flags, take it all the way through emission.  */
   2383      1.1  christos 
   2384  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   2385  1.1.1.3  christos assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
   2386  1.1.1.3  christos 		 expressionS *tok,
   2387  1.1.1.3  christos 		 int ntok,
   2388  1.1.1.3  christos 		 struct arc_flags *pflags,
   2389  1.1.1.3  christos 		 int nflgs)
   2390  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2391  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean found_something = FALSE;
   2392  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
   2393  1.1.1.3  christos   int cpumatch = 1;
   2394  1.1.1.4  christos   const char *errmsg = NULL;
   2395      1.1  christos 
   2396  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Search opcodes.  */
   2397  1.1.1.3  christos   entry = arc_find_opcode (opname);
   2398      1.1  christos 
   2399  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Couldn't find opcode conventional way, try special cases.  */
   2400  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry == NULL)
   2401  1.1.1.3  christos     entry = find_special_case (opname, &nflgs, pflags, tok, &ntok);
   2402  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2403  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry != NULL)
   2404  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2405  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
   2406  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2407  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("%s:%d: assemble_tokens: %s\n",
   2408  1.1.1.3  christos 		frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opname);
   2409  1.1.1.3  christos       found_something = TRUE;
   2410  1.1.1.3  christos       opcode = find_opcode_match (entry, tok, &ntok, pflags,
   2411  1.1.1.4  christos 				  nflgs, &cpumatch, &errmsg);
   2412  1.1.1.3  christos       if (opcode != NULL)
   2413  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2414  1.1.1.3  christos 	  struct arc_insn insn;
   2415  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2416  1.1.1.4  christos 	  autodetect_attributes (opcode,  tok, ntok);
   2417  1.1.1.3  christos 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, pflags, nflgs, &insn);
   2418  1.1.1.3  christos 	  emit_insn (&insn);
   2419  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   2420  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2421  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2422      1.1  christos 
   2423  1.1.1.3  christos   if (found_something)
   2424  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2425  1.1.1.3  christos       if (cpumatch)
   2426  1.1.1.4  christos 	if (errmsg)
   2427  1.1.1.4  christos 	  as_bad (_("%s for instruction '%s'"), errmsg, opname);
   2428  1.1.1.4  christos 	else
   2429  1.1.1.4  christos 	  as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode '%s'"), opname);
   2430  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   2431  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad (_("opcode '%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   2432  1.1.1.4  christos 		selected_cpu.name);
   2433  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2434  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2435  1.1.1.3  christos     as_bad (_("unknown opcode '%s'"), opname);
   2436      1.1  christos }
   2437      1.1  christos 
   2438  1.1.1.3  christos /* The public interface to the instruction assembler.  */
   2439  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2440  1.1.1.2  christos void
   2441  1.1.1.3  christos md_assemble (char *str)
   2442      1.1  christos {
   2443  1.1.1.3  christos   char *opname;
   2444  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
   2445  1.1.1.3  christos   int ntok, nflg;
   2446  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t opnamelen;
   2447  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_flags flags[MAX_INSN_FLGS];
   2448  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2449  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Split off the opcode.  */
   2450  1.1.1.3  christos   opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_0123468");
   2451  1.1.1.3  christos   opname = xmemdup0 (str, opnamelen);
   2452  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2453  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Signalize we are assembling the instructions.  */
   2454  1.1.1.3  christos   assembling_insn = TRUE;
   2455  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2456  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Tokenize the flags.  */
   2457  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((nflg = tokenize_flags (str + opnamelen, flags, MAX_INSN_FLGS)) == -1)
   2458  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2459  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("syntax error"));
   2460  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   2461  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2462  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2463  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Scan up to the end of the mnemonic which must end in space or end
   2464  1.1.1.3  christos      of string.  */
   2465  1.1.1.3  christos   str += opnamelen;
   2466  1.1.1.3  christos   for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
   2467  1.1.1.3  christos     if (*str == ' ')
   2468  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2469      1.1  christos 
   2470  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Tokenize the rest of the line.  */
   2471  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
   2472  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2473  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("syntax error"));
   2474  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   2475  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2476  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2477  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Finish it off.  */
   2478  1.1.1.3  christos   assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, flags, nflg);
   2479  1.1.1.3  christos   assembling_insn = FALSE;
   2480  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2481      1.1  christos 
   2482  1.1.1.3  christos /* Callback to insert a register into the hash table.  */
   2483  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2484  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   2485  1.1.1.3  christos declare_register (const char *name, int number)
   2486  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2487  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *err;
   2488  1.1.1.3  christos   symbolS *regS = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
   2489  1.1.1.3  christos 				 number, &zero_address_frag);
   2490  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2491  1.1.1.3  christos   err = hash_insert (arc_reg_hash, S_GET_NAME (regS), (void *) regS);
   2492  1.1.1.3  christos   if (err)
   2493  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("Inserting \"%s\" into register table failed: %s"),
   2494  1.1.1.3  christos 	      name, err);
   2495  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2496  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2497  1.1.1.3  christos /* Construct symbols for each of the general registers.  */
   2498  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2499  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   2500  1.1.1.3  christos declare_register_set (void)
   2501  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2502  1.1.1.3  christos   int i;
   2503  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < 64; ++i)
   2504  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2505  1.1.1.3  christos       char name[7];
   2506  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2507  1.1.1.3  christos       sprintf (name, "r%d", i);
   2508  1.1.1.3  christos       declare_register (name, i);
   2509  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((i & 0x01) == 0)
   2510  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2511  1.1.1.3  christos 	  sprintf (name, "r%dr%d", i, i+1);
   2512  1.1.1.3  christos 	  declare_register (name, i);
   2513  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2514  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2515  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2516  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2517  1.1.1.4  christos /* Construct a symbol for an address type.  */
   2518  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2519  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   2520  1.1.1.4  christos declare_addrtype (const char *name, int number)
   2521  1.1.1.4  christos {
   2522  1.1.1.4  christos   const char *err;
   2523  1.1.1.4  christos   symbolS *addrtypeS = symbol_create (name, undefined_section,
   2524  1.1.1.4  christos                                       number, &zero_address_frag);
   2525  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2526  1.1.1.4  christos   err = hash_insert (arc_addrtype_hash, S_GET_NAME (addrtypeS),
   2527  1.1.1.4  christos                      (void *) addrtypeS);
   2528  1.1.1.4  christos   if (err)
   2529  1.1.1.4  christos     as_fatal (_("Inserting \"%s\" into address type table failed: %s"),
   2530  1.1.1.4  christos               name, err);
   2531  1.1.1.4  christos }
   2532  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2533  1.1.1.3  christos /* Port-specific assembler initialization.  This function is called
   2534  1.1.1.3  christos    once, at assembler startup time.  */
   2535  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2536  1.1.1.3  christos void
   2537  1.1.1.3  christos md_begin (void)
   2538  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2539  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode = arc_opcodes;
   2540  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2541  1.1.1.4  christos   if (mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_NONE)
   2542  1.1.1.4  christos     arc_select_cpu (TARGET_WITH_CPU, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT);
   2543  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2544  1.1.1.3  christos   /* The endianness can be chosen "at the factory".  */
   2545  1.1.1.3  christos   target_big_endian = byte_order == BIG_ENDIAN;
   2546  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2547  1.1.1.4  christos   if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
   2548  1.1.1.3  christos     as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
   2549  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2550  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Set elf header flags.  */
   2551  1.1.1.4  christos   bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, selected_cpu.eflags);
   2552  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2553  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Set up a hash table for the instructions.  */
   2554  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_opcode_hash = hash_new ();
   2555  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_opcode_hash == NULL)
   2556  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
   2557  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2558  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Initialize the hash table with the insns.  */
   2559  1.1.1.3  christos   do
   2560  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2561  1.1.1.3  christos       const char *name = opcode->name;
   2562  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2563  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_insert_opcode (opcode);
   2564  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2565  1.1.1.3  christos       while (++opcode && opcode->name
   2566  1.1.1.3  christos 	     && (opcode->name == name
   2567  1.1.1.3  christos 		 || !strcmp (opcode->name, name)))
   2568  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2569  1.1.1.3  christos     }while (opcode->name);
   2570  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2571  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Register declaration.  */
   2572  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_reg_hash = hash_new ();
   2573  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_reg_hash == NULL)
   2574  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
   2575  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2576  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register_set ();
   2577  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("gp", 26);
   2578  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("fp", 27);
   2579  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("sp", 28);
   2580  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("ilink", 29);
   2581  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("ilink1", 29);
   2582  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("ilink2", 30);
   2583  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("blink", 31);
   2584      1.1  christos 
   2585  1.1.1.3  christos   /* XY memory registers.  */
   2586  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x0_u0", 32);
   2587  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x0_u1", 33);
   2588  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x1_u0", 34);
   2589  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x1_u1", 35);
   2590  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x2_u0", 36);
   2591  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x2_u1", 37);
   2592  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x3_u0", 38);
   2593  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x3_u1", 39);
   2594  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y0_u0", 40);
   2595  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y0_u1", 41);
   2596  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y1_u0", 42);
   2597  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y1_u1", 43);
   2598  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y2_u0", 44);
   2599  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y2_u1", 45);
   2600  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y3_u0", 46);
   2601  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y3_u1", 47);
   2602  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x0_nu", 48);
   2603  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x1_nu", 49);
   2604  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x2_nu", 50);
   2605  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x3_nu", 51);
   2606  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y0_nu", 52);
   2607  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y1_nu", 53);
   2608  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y2_nu", 54);
   2609  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y3_nu", 55);
   2610      1.1  christos 
   2611  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("mlo", 57);
   2612  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("mmid", 58);
   2613  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("mhi", 59);
   2614  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2615  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("acc1", 56);
   2616  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("acc2", 57);
   2617  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2618  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("lp_count", 60);
   2619  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("pcl", 63);
   2620      1.1  christos 
   2621  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Initialize the last instructions.  */
   2622  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&arc_last_insns[0], 0, sizeof (arc_last_insns));
   2623      1.1  christos 
   2624  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Aux register declaration.  */
   2625  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_aux_hash = hash_new ();
   2626  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_aux_hash == NULL)
   2627  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
   2628      1.1  christos 
   2629  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_aux_reg *auxr = &arc_aux_regs[0];
   2630  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned int i;
   2631  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_aux_regs; i++, auxr++)
   2632  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2633  1.1.1.3  christos       const char *retval;
   2634      1.1  christos 
   2635  1.1.1.4  christos       if (!(auxr->cpu & selected_cpu.flags))
   2636  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2637      1.1  christos 
   2638  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((auxr->subclass != NONE)
   2639  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && !check_cpu_feature (auxr->subclass))
   2640  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2641      1.1  christos 
   2642  1.1.1.3  christos       retval = hash_insert (arc_aux_hash, auxr->name, (void *) auxr);
   2643  1.1.1.3  christos       if (retval)
   2644  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash aux register '%s': %s"),
   2645  1.1.1.3  christos 		  auxr->name, retval);
   2646  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2647  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2648  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Address type declaration.  */
   2649  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_addrtype_hash = hash_new ();
   2650  1.1.1.4  christos   if (arc_addrtype_hash == NULL)
   2651  1.1.1.4  christos     as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
   2652  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2653  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("bd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_BD);
   2654  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("jid", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_JID);
   2655  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("lbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_LBD);
   2656  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("mbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_MBD);
   2657  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("sd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_SD);
   2658  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("sm", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_SM);
   2659  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("xa", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_XA);
   2660  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("xd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_XD);
   2661  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("cd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CD);
   2662  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("cbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CBD);
   2663  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("cjid", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CJID);
   2664  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("clbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CLBD);
   2665  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("cm", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CM);
   2666  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("csd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CSD);
   2667  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("cxa", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CXA);
   2668  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("cxd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CXD);
   2669  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2670  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2671  1.1.1.3  christos /* Write a value out to the object file, using the appropriate
   2672  1.1.1.3  christos    endianness.  */
   2673  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2674  1.1.1.2  christos void
   2675  1.1.1.3  christos md_number_to_chars (char *buf,
   2676  1.1.1.3  christos 		    valueT val,
   2677  1.1.1.3  christos 		    int n)
   2678  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2679  1.1.1.3  christos   if (target_big_endian)
   2680  1.1.1.3  christos     number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
   2681  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2682  1.1.1.3  christos     number_to_chars_littleendian (buf, val, n);
   2683  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2684  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2685  1.1.1.3  christos /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary.  */
   2686  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2687  1.1.1.3  christos valueT
   2688  1.1.1.3  christos md_section_align (segT segment,
   2689  1.1.1.3  christos 		  valueT size)
   2690  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2691  1.1.1.3  christos   int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
   2692  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2693  1.1.1.3  christos   return ((size + (1 << align) - 1) & (-((valueT) 1 << align)));
   2694  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2695  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2696  1.1.1.3  christos /* The location from which a PC relative jump should be calculated,
   2697  1.1.1.3  christos    given a PC relative reloc.  */
   2698  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2699  1.1.1.3  christos long
   2700  1.1.1.3  christos md_pcrel_from_section (fixS *fixP,
   2701  1.1.1.3  christos 		       segT sec)
   2702  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2703  1.1.1.3  christos   offsetT base = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   2704  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2705  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("pcrel_from_section, fx_offset = %d\n", (int) fixP->fx_offset);
   2706  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2707  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fixP->fx_addsy != (symbolS *) NULL
   2708  1.1.1.3  christos       && (!S_IS_DEFINED (fixP->fx_addsy)
   2709  1.1.1.3  christos 	  || S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != sec))
   2710  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2711  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("Unknown pcrel symbol: %s\n", S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy));
   2712  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2713  1.1.1.3  christos       /* The symbol is undefined (or is defined but not in this section).
   2714  1.1.1.3  christos 	 Let the linker figure it out.  */
   2715  1.1.1.3  christos       return 0;
   2716  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2717  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2718  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0)
   2719  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2720  1.1.1.3  christos       /* These are the "internal" relocations.  Align them to
   2721  1.1.1.3  christos 	 32 bit boundary (PCL), for the moment.  */
   2722  1.1.1.3  christos       base &= ~3;
   2723  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2724  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2725  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2726  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   2727  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2728  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
   2729  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* The hardware calculates relative to the start of the
   2730  1.1.1.3  christos 	     insn, but this relocation is relative to location of the
   2731  1.1.1.3  christos 	     LIMM, compensate.  The base always needs to be
   2732  1.1.1.4  christos 	     subtracted by 4 as we do not support this type of PCrel
   2733  1.1.1.3  christos 	     relocation for short instructions.  */
   2734  1.1.1.3  christos 	  base -= 4;
   2735  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2736  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
   2737  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
   2738  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
   2739  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
   2740  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
   2741  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2742  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL:
   2743  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL:
   2744  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S13_PCREL:
   2745  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL:
   2746  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL:
   2747  1.1.1.3  christos 	  base &= ~3;
   2748  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   2749  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   2750  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   2751  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("unhandled reloc %s in md_pcrel_from_section"),
   2752  1.1.1.3  christos 		  bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
   2753  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   2754      1.1  christos 	}
   2755  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2756  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2757  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("pcrel from %"BFD_VMA_FMT"x + %lx = %"BFD_VMA_FMT"x, "
   2758  1.1.1.3  christos 	    "symbol: %s (%"BFD_VMA_FMT"x)\n",
   2759  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_frag->fr_address, fixP->fx_where, base,
   2760  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_addsy ? S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy) : "(null)",
   2761  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_addsy ? S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy) : 0);
   2762  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2763  1.1.1.3  christos   return base;
   2764  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2765  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2766  1.1.1.4  christos /* Given a BFD relocation find the corresponding operand.  */
   2767  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2768  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_operand *
   2769  1.1.1.3  christos find_operand_for_reloc (extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   2770  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2771  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned i;
   2772  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2773  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_operands; i++)
   2774  1.1.1.3  christos     if (arc_operands[i].default_reloc == reloc)
   2775  1.1.1.3  christos       return  &arc_operands[i];
   2776  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   2777  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2778  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2779  1.1.1.3  christos /* Insert an operand value into an instruction.  */
   2780  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2781  1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned long long
   2782  1.1.1.4  christos insert_operand (unsigned long long insn,
   2783  1.1.1.3  christos 		const struct arc_operand *operand,
   2784  1.1.1.4  christos 		long long val,
   2785  1.1.1.3  christos 		const char *file,
   2786  1.1.1.3  christos 		unsigned line)
   2787  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2788  1.1.1.3  christos   offsetT min = 0, max = 0;
   2789      1.1  christos 
   2790  1.1.1.3  christos   if (operand->bits != 32
   2791  1.1.1.3  christos       && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK)
   2792  1.1.1.3  christos       && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_FAKE))
   2793  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2794  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   2795      1.1  christos 	{
   2796  1.1.1.3  christos 	  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
   2797  1.1.1.3  christos 	  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
   2798  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2799  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   2800  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2801  1.1.1.3  christos 	  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
   2802  1.1.1.3  christos 	  min = 0;
   2803  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2804  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2805  1.1.1.3  christos       if (val < min || val > max)
   2806  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"),
   2807  1.1.1.3  christos 				   val, min, max, file, line);
   2808  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2809      1.1  christos 
   2810  1.1.1.4  christos   pr_debug ("insert field: %ld <= %lld <= %ld in 0x%08llx\n",
   2811  1.1.1.3  christos 	    min, val, max, insn);
   2812      1.1  christos 
   2813  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
   2814  1.1.1.3  christos       && (val & 0x03))
   2815  1.1.1.3  christos     as_bad_where (file, line,
   2816  1.1.1.3  christos 		  _("Unaligned operand. Needs to be 32bit aligned"));
   2817      1.1  christos 
   2818  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
   2819  1.1.1.3  christos       && (val & 0x01))
   2820  1.1.1.3  christos     as_bad_where (file, line,
   2821  1.1.1.3  christos 		  _("Unaligned operand. Needs to be 16bit aligned"));
   2822      1.1  christos 
   2823  1.1.1.3  christos   if (operand->insert)
   2824  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2825  1.1.1.3  christos       const char *errmsg = NULL;
   2826      1.1  christos 
   2827  1.1.1.3  christos       insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
   2828  1.1.1.3  christos       if (errmsg)
   2829  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_warn_where (file, line, "%s", errmsg);
   2830  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2831  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2832  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2833  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_TRUNCATE)
   2834  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2835  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
   2836  1.1.1.3  christos 	    val >>= 2;
   2837  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
   2838  1.1.1.3  christos 	    val >>= 1;
   2839  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2840  1.1.1.3  christos       insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
   2841  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2842  1.1.1.3  christos   return insn;
   2843  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2844      1.1  christos 
   2845  1.1.1.3  christos /* Apply a fixup to the object code.  At this point all symbol values
   2846  1.1.1.3  christos    should be fully resolved, and we attempt to completely resolve the
   2847  1.1.1.3  christos    reloc.  If we can not do that, we determine the correct reloc code
   2848  1.1.1.3  christos    and put it back in the fixup.  To indicate that a fixup has been
   2849  1.1.1.3  christos    eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.  */
   2850      1.1  christos 
   2851  1.1.1.3  christos void
   2852  1.1.1.3  christos md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP,
   2853  1.1.1.3  christos 	      valueT *valP,
   2854  1.1.1.3  christos 	      segT seg)
   2855  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2856  1.1.1.3  christos   char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
   2857  1.1.1.3  christos   valueT value = *valP;
   2858  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned insn = 0;
   2859  1.1.1.3  christos   symbolS *fx_addsy, *fx_subsy;
   2860  1.1.1.3  christos   offsetT fx_offset;
   2861  1.1.1.3  christos   segT add_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
   2862  1.1.1.3  christos   segT sub_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
   2863  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand *operand = NULL;
   2864  1.1.1.3  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
   2865      1.1  christos 
   2866  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%u: apply_fix: r_type=%d (%s) value=0x%lX offset=0x%lX\n",
   2867  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, fixP->fx_r_type,
   2868  1.1.1.3  christos 	    ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0) ? "Internal":
   2869  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), value,
   2870  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_offset);
   2871  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2872  1.1.1.3  christos   fx_addsy = fixP->fx_addsy;
   2873  1.1.1.3  christos   fx_subsy = fixP->fx_subsy;
   2874  1.1.1.3  christos   fx_offset = 0;
   2875  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2876  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fx_addsy)
   2877  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2878  1.1.1.3  christos       add_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_addsy);
   2879  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2880  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2881  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fx_subsy
   2882  1.1.1.3  christos       && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF
   2883  1.1.1.3  christos       && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9
   2884  1.1.1.3  christos       && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD)
   2885  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2886  1.1.1.3  christos       resolve_symbol_value (fx_subsy);
   2887  1.1.1.3  christos       sub_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_subsy);
   2888  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2889  1.1.1.3  christos       if (sub_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
   2890  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2891  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* The symbol is really a constant.  */
   2892  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_offset -= S_GET_VALUE (fx_subsy);
   2893  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_subsy = NULL;
   2894  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2895  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   2896  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2897  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   2898  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("can't resolve `%s' {%s section} - `%s' {%s section}"),
   2899  1.1.1.3  christos 			fx_addsy ? S_GET_NAME (fx_addsy) : "0",
   2900  1.1.1.3  christos 			segment_name (add_symbol_segment),
   2901  1.1.1.3  christos 			S_GET_NAME (fx_subsy),
   2902  1.1.1.3  christos 			segment_name (sub_symbol_segment));
   2903  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   2904  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2905  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2906  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2907  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fx_addsy
   2908  1.1.1.3  christos       && !S_IS_WEAK (fx_addsy))
   2909  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2910  1.1.1.3  christos       if (add_symbol_segment == seg
   2911  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && fixP->fx_pcrel)
   2912  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2913  1.1.1.3  christos 	  value += S_GET_VALUE (fx_addsy);
   2914  1.1.1.3  christos 	  value -= md_pcrel_from_section (fixP, seg);
   2915  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_addsy = NULL;
   2916  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_pcrel = FALSE;
   2917  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2918  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (add_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
   2919  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2920  1.1.1.3  christos 	  value = fixP->fx_offset;
   2921  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_offset += S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy);
   2922  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_addsy = NULL;
   2923  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_pcrel = FALSE;
   2924  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2925  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2926      1.1  christos 
   2927  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!fx_addsy)
   2928  1.1.1.3  christos     fixP->fx_done = TRUE;
   2929  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2930  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   2931  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2932  1.1.1.3  christos       if (fx_addsy
   2933  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && ((S_IS_DEFINED (fx_addsy)
   2934  1.1.1.3  christos 	       && S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_addsy) != seg)
   2935  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || S_IS_WEAK (fx_addsy)))
   2936  1.1.1.3  christos 	value += md_pcrel_from_section (fixP, seg);
   2937  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2938  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   2939  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2940  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_ME:
   2941  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* This is a pc-relative value in a LIMM.  Adjust it to the
   2942  1.1.1.3  christos 	     address of the instruction not to the address of the
   2943  1.1.1.4  christos 	     LIMM.  Note: it is not any longer valid this affirmation as
   2944  1.1.1.3  christos 	     the linker consider ARC_PC32 a fixup to entire 64 bit
   2945  1.1.1.3  christos 	     insn.  */
   2946  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset += fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   2947  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2948  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_32:
   2949  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32;
   2950  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2951  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
   2952  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* fixP->fx_offset += fixP->fx_where - fixP->fx_dot_value; */
   2953  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   2954  1.1.1.3  christos 	default:
   2955  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0)
   2956  1.1.1.4  christos 	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   2957  1.1.1.4  christos 			  _("PC relative relocation not allowed for (internal)"
   2958  1.1.1.4  christos 			    " type %d"),
   2959  1.1.1.4  christos 			  fixP->fx_r_type);
   2960  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   2961  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2962  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2963  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2964  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%u: apply_fix: r_type=%d (%s) value=0x%lX offset=0x%lX\n",
   2965  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, fixP->fx_r_type,
   2966  1.1.1.3  christos 	    ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0) ? "Internal":
   2967  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), value,
   2968  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_offset);
   2969  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2970  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2971  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Now check for TLS relocations.  */
   2972  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc = fixP->fx_r_type;
   2973  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (reloc)
   2974  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2975  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF:
   2976  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32:
   2977  1.1.1.3  christos       if (fixP->fx_done)
   2978  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   2979  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   2980  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_GOT:
   2981  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_IE_GOT:
   2982  1.1.1.3  christos       S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   2983  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2984  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2985  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD:
   2986  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (!fixP->fx_offset);
   2987  1.1.1.3  christos       if (fixP->fx_subsy)
   2988  1.1.1.3  christos 	fixP->fx_offset
   2989  1.1.1.3  christos 	  = (S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_subsy)
   2990  1.1.1.3  christos 	     - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address- fixP->fx_where);
   2991  1.1.1.3  christos       fixP->fx_subsy = NULL;
   2992  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   2993  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   2994  1.1.1.3  christos       /* These two relocs are there just to allow ld to change the tls
   2995  1.1.1.3  christos 	 model for this symbol, by patching the code.  The offset -
   2996  1.1.1.3  christos 	 and scale, if any - will be installed by the linker.  */
   2997  1.1.1.3  christos       S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   2998  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2999      1.1  christos 
   3000  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_S9:
   3001  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9:
   3002  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("TLS_*_S9 relocs are not supported yet"));
   3003  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3004  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3005  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3006  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3007  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3008  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3009  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!fixP->fx_done)
   3010  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3011  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   3012  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3013  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3014  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Adjust the value if we have a constant.  */
   3015  1.1.1.3  christos   value += fx_offset;
   3016  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3017  1.1.1.3  christos   /* For hosts with longs bigger than 32-bits make sure that the top
   3018  1.1.1.3  christos      bits of a 32-bit negative value read in by the parser are set,
   3019  1.1.1.3  christos      so that the correct comparisons are made.  */
   3020  1.1.1.3  christos   if (value & 0x80000000)
   3021  1.1.1.3  christos     value |= (-1UL << 31);
   3022  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3023  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc = fixP->fx_r_type;
   3024  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (reloc)
   3025  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3026  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_8:
   3027  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   3028  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_24:
   3029  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   3030  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   3031  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_PCREL:
   3032  1.1.1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
   3033  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   3034  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3035  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32:
   3036  1.1.1.3  christos       /* I cannot fix an GOTPC relocation because I need to relax it
   3037  1.1.1.3  christos 	 from ld rx,[pcl,@sym@gotpc] to add rx,pcl,@sym@gotpc.  */
   3038  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("Unsupported operation on reloc"));
   3039  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   3040  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3041  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF:
   3042  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32:
   3043  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (!fixP->fx_addsy);
   3044  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (!fixP->fx_subsy);
   3045  1.1.1.4  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   3046  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3047  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTOFF:
   3048  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_ME:
   3049  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
   3050  1.1.1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
   3051  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   3052  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3053  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
   3054  1.1.1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
   3055  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   3056  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3057  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
   3058  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL;
   3059  1.1.1.3  christos       goto solve_plt;
   3060  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3061  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
   3062  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL;
   3063  1.1.1.3  christos       goto solve_plt;
   3064  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3065  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
   3066  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL;
   3067  1.1.1.3  christos       goto solve_plt;
   3068  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3069  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
   3070  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL;
   3071  1.1.1.4  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   3072  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3073  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL:
   3074  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL:
   3075  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL:
   3076  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL:
   3077  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S13_PCREL:
   3078  1.1.1.3  christos     solve_plt:
   3079  1.1.1.3  christos       operand = find_operand_for_reloc (reloc);
   3080  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (operand);
   3081  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3082  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3083  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3084  1.1.1.3  christos       {
   3085  1.1.1.3  christos 	if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
   3086  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
   3087  1.1.1.3  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
   3088  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3089  1.1.1.3  christos 	/* The rest of these fixups needs to be completely resolved as
   3090  1.1.1.3  christos 	   constants.  */
   3091  1.1.1.3  christos 	if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
   3092  1.1.1.3  christos 	    && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
   3093  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3094  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
   3095  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3096  1.1.1.3  christos 	gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) arc_num_operands);
   3097  1.1.1.3  christos 	operand = &arc_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
   3098  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   3099  1.1.1.3  christos       }
   3100  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3101  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3102  1.1.1.3  christos   if (target_big_endian)
   3103  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3104  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (fixP->fx_size)
   3105  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3106  1.1.1.3  christos 	case 4:
   3107  1.1.1.3  christos 	  insn = bfd_getb32 (fixpos);
   3108  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3109  1.1.1.3  christos 	case 2:
   3110  1.1.1.3  christos 	  insn = bfd_getb16 (fixpos);
   3111  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3112  1.1.1.3  christos 	default:
   3113  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3114  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("unknown fixup size"));
   3115  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3116  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3117  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   3118  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3119  1.1.1.3  christos       insn = 0;
   3120  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (fixP->fx_size)
   3121  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3122  1.1.1.3  christos 	case 4:
   3123  1.1.1.3  christos 	  insn = bfd_getl16 (fixpos) << 16 | bfd_getl16 (fixpos + 2);
   3124  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3125  1.1.1.3  christos 	case 2:
   3126  1.1.1.3  christos 	  insn = bfd_getl16 (fixpos);
   3127  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3128  1.1.1.3  christos 	default:
   3129  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3130  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("unknown fixup size"));
   3131  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3132  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3133  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3134  1.1.1.3  christos   insn = insert_operand (insn, operand, (offsetT) value,
   3135  1.1.1.3  christos 			 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
   3136  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3137  1.1.1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, insn, fixP->fx_size);
   3138  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3139  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3140  1.1.1.3  christos /* Prepare machine-dependent frags for relaxation.
   3141  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3142  1.1.1.3  christos    Called just before relaxation starts.  Any symbol that is now undefined
   3143  1.1.1.3  christos    will not become defined.
   3144  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3145  1.1.1.3  christos    Return the correct fr_subtype in the frag.
   3146  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3147  1.1.1.3  christos    Return the initial "guess for fr_var" to caller.  The guess for fr_var
   3148  1.1.1.3  christos    is *actually* the growth beyond fr_fix.  Whatever we do to grow fr_fix
   3149  1.1.1.3  christos    or fr_var contributes to our returned value.
   3150  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3151  1.1.1.3  christos    Although it may not be explicit in the frag, pretend
   3152  1.1.1.3  christos    fr_var starts with a value.  */
   3153  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3154  1.1.1.3  christos int
   3155  1.1.1.3  christos md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP,
   3156  1.1.1.3  christos 			       segT segment)
   3157  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3158  1.1.1.3  christos   int growth;
   3159  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3160  1.1.1.3  christos   /* If the symbol is not located within the same section AND it's not
   3161  1.1.1.3  christos      an absolute section, use the maximum.  OR if the symbol is a
   3162  1.1.1.3  christos      constant AND the insn is by nature not pc-rel, use the maximum.
   3163  1.1.1.3  christos      OR if the symbol is being equated against another symbol, use the
   3164  1.1.1.3  christos      maximum.  OR if the symbol is weak use the maximum.  */
   3165  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != segment
   3166  1.1.1.3  christos        && S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != absolute_section)
   3167  1.1.1.3  christos       || (symbol_constant_p (fragP->fr_symbol)
   3168  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && !fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel)
   3169  1.1.1.3  christos       || symbol_equated_p (fragP->fr_symbol)
   3170  1.1.1.3  christos       || S_IS_WEAK (fragP->fr_symbol))
   3171  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3172  1.1.1.3  christos       while (md_relax_table[fragP->fr_subtype].rlx_more != ARC_RLX_NONE)
   3173  1.1.1.3  christos 	++fragP->fr_subtype;
   3174  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3175  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3176  1.1.1.3  christos   growth = md_relax_table[fragP->fr_subtype].rlx_length;
   3177  1.1.1.3  christos   fragP->fr_var = growth;
   3178  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3179  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%d: md_estimate_size_before_relax: %d\n",
   3180  1.1.1.3  christos 	   fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line, growth);
   3181  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3182  1.1.1.3  christos   return growth;
   3183  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3184  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3185  1.1.1.3  christos /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
   3186  1.1.1.3  christos    format.  */
   3187  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3188  1.1.1.3  christos arelent *
   3189  1.1.1.3  christos tc_gen_reloc (asection *section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3190  1.1.1.3  christos 	      fixS *fixP)
   3191  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3192  1.1.1.3  christos   arelent *reloc;
   3193  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
   3194  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3195  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc = XNEW (arelent);
   3196  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
   3197  1.1.1.3  christos   *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_addsy);
   3198  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc->address = fixP->fx_frag->fr_address + fixP->fx_where;
   3199  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3200  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
   3201  1.1.1.3  christos      They'd better have been fully resolved by this point.  */
   3202  1.1.1.3  christos   gas_assert ((int) fixP->fx_r_type > 0);
   3203  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3204  1.1.1.3  christos   code = fixP->fx_r_type;
   3205  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3206  1.1.1.3  christos   /* if we have something like add gp, pcl,
   3207  1.1.1.3  christos      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_@gotpc.  */
   3208  1.1.1.3  christos   if (code == BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32
   3209  1.1.1.3  christos       && GOT_symbol
   3210  1.1.1.3  christos       && fixP->fx_addsy == GOT_symbol)
   3211  1.1.1.3  christos     code = BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC;
   3212  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3213  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, code);
   3214  1.1.1.3  christos   if (reloc->howto == NULL)
   3215  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3216  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3217  1.1.1.3  christos 		    _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
   3218  1.1.1.3  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
   3219  1.1.1.3  christos       return NULL;
   3220  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3221  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3222  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!fixP->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
   3223  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
   3224  1.1.1.3  christos 	      bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
   3225  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3226  1.1.1.3  christos   gas_assert (!fixP->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
   3227  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3228  1.1.1.4  christos   reloc->addend = fixP->fx_offset;
   3229  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3230  1.1.1.3  christos   return reloc;
   3231  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3232  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3233  1.1.1.3  christos /* Perform post-processing of machine-dependent frags after relaxation.
   3234  1.1.1.3  christos    Called after relaxation is finished.
   3235  1.1.1.3  christos    In:	Address of frag.
   3236  1.1.1.3  christos    fr_type == rs_machine_dependent.
   3237  1.1.1.3  christos    fr_subtype is what the address relaxed to.
   3238  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3239  1.1.1.3  christos    Out: Any fixS:s and constants are set up.  */
   3240  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3241  1.1.1.3  christos void
   3242  1.1.1.3  christos md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3243  1.1.1.3  christos 		 segT segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3244  1.1.1.3  christos 		 fragS *fragP)
   3245  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3246  1.1.1.3  christos   const relax_typeS *table_entry;
   3247  1.1.1.3  christos   char *dest;
   3248  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
   3249  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_insn insn;
   3250  1.1.1.3  christos   int size, fix;
   3251  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_relax_type *relax_arg = &fragP->tc_frag_data;
   3252  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3253  1.1.1.3  christos   fix = (fragP->fr_fix < 0 ? 0 : fragP->fr_fix);
   3254  1.1.1.3  christos   dest = fragP->fr_literal + fix;
   3255  1.1.1.3  christos   table_entry = TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE + fragP->fr_subtype;
   3256  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3257  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%d: md_convert_frag, subtype: %d, fix: %d, "
   3258  1.1.1.3  christos 	    "var: %"BFD_VMA_FMT"d\n",
   3259  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
   3260  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fragP->fr_subtype, fix, fragP->fr_var);
   3261  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3262  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fragP->fr_subtype <= 0
   3263  1.1.1.3  christos       && fragP->fr_subtype >= arc_num_relax_opcodes)
   3264  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("no relaxation found for this instruction."));
   3265  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3266  1.1.1.3  christos   opcode = &arc_relax_opcodes[fragP->fr_subtype];
   3267  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3268  1.1.1.3  christos   assemble_insn (opcode, relax_arg->tok, relax_arg->ntok, relax_arg->pflags,
   3269  1.1.1.3  christos 	relax_arg->nflg, &insn);
   3270  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3271  1.1.1.3  christos   apply_fixups (&insn, fragP, fix);
   3272  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3273  1.1.1.4  christos   size = insn.len + (insn.has_limm ? 4 : 0);
   3274  1.1.1.3  christos   gas_assert (table_entry->rlx_length == size);
   3275  1.1.1.3  christos   emit_insn0 (&insn, dest, TRUE);
   3276  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3277  1.1.1.3  christos   fragP->fr_fix += table_entry->rlx_length;
   3278  1.1.1.3  christos   fragP->fr_var = 0;
   3279  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3280  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3281  1.1.1.3  christos /* We have no need to default values of symbols.  We could catch
   3282  1.1.1.3  christos    register names here, but that is handled by inserting them all in
   3283  1.1.1.3  christos    the symbol table to begin with.  */
   3284  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3285  1.1.1.3  christos symbolS *
   3286  1.1.1.3  christos md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
   3287  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3288  1.1.1.3  christos   /* The arc abi demands that a GOT[0] should be referencible as
   3289  1.1.1.3  christos      [pc+_DYNAMIC@gotpc].  Hence we convert a _DYNAMIC@gotpc to a
   3290  1.1.1.3  christos      GOTPC reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   3291  1.1.1.3  christos   if (((*name == '_')
   3292  1.1.1.3  christos        && (*(name+1) == 'G')
   3293  1.1.1.4  christos        && (strcmp (name, GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME) == 0)))
   3294  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3295  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!GOT_symbol)
   3296  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3297  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (symbol_find (name))
   3298  1.1.1.3  christos 	    as_bad ("GOT already in symbol table");
   3299  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3300  1.1.1.3  christos 	  GOT_symbol = symbol_new (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME, undefined_section,
   3301  1.1.1.3  christos 				   (valueT) 0, &zero_address_frag);
   3302  1.1.1.3  christos 	};
   3303  1.1.1.3  christos       return GOT_symbol;
   3304  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3305  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   3306  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3307  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3308  1.1.1.3  christos /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
   3309  1.1.1.3  christos    of type type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP.  The number
   3310  1.1.1.3  christos    of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *sizeP.  An error message is
   3311  1.1.1.3  christos    returned, or NULL on OK.  */
   3312  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3313  1.1.1.3  christos const char *
   3314  1.1.1.3  christos md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
   3315  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3316  1.1.1.3  christos   return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, target_big_endian);
   3317  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3318  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3319  1.1.1.3  christos /* Called for any expression that can not be recognized.  When the
   3320  1.1.1.3  christos    function is called, `input_line_pointer' will point to the start of
   3321  1.1.1.3  christos    the expression.  */
   3322  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3323  1.1.1.3  christos void
   3324  1.1.1.3  christos md_operand (expressionS *expressionP ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3325  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3326  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p = input_line_pointer;
   3327  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*p == '@')
   3328  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3329  1.1.1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3330  1.1.1.3  christos       expressionP->X_op = O_symbol;
   3331  1.1.1.3  christos       expression (expressionP);
   3332  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3333  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3334  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3335  1.1.1.3  christos /* This function is called from the function 'expression', it attempts
   3336  1.1.1.3  christos    to parse special names (in our case register names).  It fills in
   3337  1.1.1.3  christos    the expression with the identified register.  It returns TRUE if
   3338  1.1.1.3  christos    it is a register and FALSE otherwise.  */
   3339  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3340  1.1.1.3  christos bfd_boolean
   3341  1.1.1.3  christos arc_parse_name (const char *name,
   3342  1.1.1.3  christos 		struct expressionS *e)
   3343  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3344  1.1.1.3  christos   struct symbol *sym;
   3345  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3346  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!assembling_insn)
   3347  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   3348  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3349  1.1.1.4  christos   if (e->X_op == O_symbol)
   3350  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   3351  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3352  1.1.1.3  christos   sym = hash_find (arc_reg_hash, name);
   3353  1.1.1.3  christos   if (sym)
   3354  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3355  1.1.1.3  christos       e->X_op = O_register;
   3356  1.1.1.3  christos       e->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
   3357  1.1.1.3  christos       return TRUE;
   3358  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3359  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3360  1.1.1.4  christos   sym = hash_find (arc_addrtype_hash, name);
   3361  1.1.1.4  christos   if (sym)
   3362  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   3363  1.1.1.4  christos       e->X_op = O_addrtype;
   3364  1.1.1.4  christos       e->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
   3365  1.1.1.4  christos       return TRUE;
   3366  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   3367  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3368  1.1.1.3  christos   return FALSE;
   3369  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3370  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3371  1.1.1.3  christos /* md_parse_option
   3372  1.1.1.3  christos    Invocation line includes a switch not recognized by the base assembler.
   3373  1.1.1.3  christos    See if it's a processor-specific option.
   3374  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3375  1.1.1.3  christos    New options (supported) are:
   3376  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3377  1.1.1.3  christos    -mcpu=<cpu name>		 Assemble for selected processor
   3378  1.1.1.3  christos    -EB/-mbig-endian		 Big-endian
   3379  1.1.1.3  christos    -EL/-mlittle-endian		 Little-endian
   3380  1.1.1.3  christos    -mrelax                       Enable relaxation
   3381  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3382  1.1.1.3  christos    The following CPU names are recognized:
   3383  1.1.1.3  christos    arc600, arc700, arcem, archs, nps400.  */
   3384  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3385  1.1.1.3  christos int
   3386  1.1.1.3  christos md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3387  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3388  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (c)
   3389  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3390  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARC600:
   3391  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARC601:
   3392  1.1.1.3  christos       return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc600");
   3393  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3394  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARC700:
   3395  1.1.1.3  christos       return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc700");
   3396  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3397  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARCEM:
   3398  1.1.1.3  christos       return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arcem");
   3399  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3400  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARCHS:
   3401  1.1.1.3  christos       return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "archs");
   3402  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3403  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_MCPU:
   3404  1.1.1.3  christos       {
   3405  1.1.1.4  christos         arc_select_cpu (arg, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE);
   3406  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   3407  1.1.1.3  christos       }
   3408  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3409  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_EB:
   3410  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_target_format = "elf32-bigarc";
   3411  1.1.1.3  christos       byte_order = BIG_ENDIAN;
   3412  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3413  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3414  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_EL:
   3415  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_target_format = "elf32-littlearc";
   3416  1.1.1.3  christos       byte_order = LITTLE_ENDIAN;
   3417  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3418  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3419  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_CD:
   3420  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.features |= CD;
   3421  1.1.1.4  christos       cl_features |= CD;
   3422  1.1.1.4  christos       arc_check_feature ();
   3423  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3424  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3425  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_RELAX:
   3426  1.1.1.3  christos       relaxation_state = 1;
   3427  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3428  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3429  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_NPS400:
   3430  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.features |= NPS400;
   3431  1.1.1.4  christos       cl_features |= NPS400;
   3432  1.1.1.4  christos       arc_check_feature ();
   3433  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3434  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3435  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_SPFP:
   3436  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.features |= SPX;
   3437  1.1.1.4  christos       cl_features |= SPX;
   3438  1.1.1.4  christos       arc_check_feature ();
   3439  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3440  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3441  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_DPFP:
   3442  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.features |= DPX;
   3443  1.1.1.4  christos       cl_features |= DPX;
   3444  1.1.1.4  christos       arc_check_feature ();
   3445  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3446  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3447  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_FPUDA:
   3448  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.features |= DPA;
   3449  1.1.1.4  christos       cl_features |= DPA;
   3450  1.1.1.4  christos       arc_check_feature ();
   3451  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3452  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3453  1.1.1.3  christos     /* Dummy options are accepted but have no effect.  */
   3454  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_USER_MODE:
   3455  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK:
   3456  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_SWAP:
   3457  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_NORM:
   3458  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT:
   3459  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_MIN_MAX:
   3460  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_NO_MPY:
   3461  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_EA:
   3462  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_MUL64:
   3463  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_SIMD:
   3464  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_XMAC_D16:
   3465  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_XMAC_24:
   3466  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_DSP_PACKA:
   3467  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_CRC:
   3468  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_DVBF:
   3469  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_TELEPHONY:
   3470  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_XYMEMORY:
   3471  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_LOCK:
   3472  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_SWAPE:
   3473  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_RTSC:
   3474  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3475  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3476  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3477  1.1.1.3  christos       return 0;
   3478  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3479  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3480  1.1.1.3  christos   return 1;
   3481  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3482  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3483  1.1.1.4  christos /* Display the list of cpu names for use in the help text.  */
   3484  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3485  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   3486  1.1.1.4  christos arc_show_cpu_list (FILE *stream)
   3487  1.1.1.4  christos {
   3488  1.1.1.4  christos   int i, offset;
   3489  1.1.1.4  christos   static const char *space_buf = "                          ";
   3490  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3491  1.1.1.4  christos   fprintf (stream, "%s", space_buf);
   3492  1.1.1.4  christos   offset = strlen (space_buf);
   3493  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; cpu_types[i].name != NULL; ++i)
   3494  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   3495  1.1.1.4  christos       bfd_boolean last = (cpu_types[i + 1].name == NULL);
   3496  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3497  1.1.1.4  christos       /* If displaying the new cpu name string, and the ', ' (for all
   3498  1.1.1.4  christos          but the last one) will take us past a target width of 80
   3499  1.1.1.4  christos          characters, then it's time for a new line.  */
   3500  1.1.1.4  christos       if (offset + strlen (cpu_types[i].name) + (last ? 0 : 2) > 80)
   3501  1.1.1.4  christos         {
   3502  1.1.1.4  christos           fprintf (stream, "\n%s", space_buf);
   3503  1.1.1.4  christos           offset = strlen (space_buf);
   3504  1.1.1.4  christos         }
   3505  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3506  1.1.1.4  christos       fprintf (stream, "%s%s", cpu_types[i].name, (last ? "\n" : ", "));
   3507  1.1.1.4  christos       offset += strlen (cpu_types [i].name) + (last ? 0 : 2);
   3508  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   3509  1.1.1.4  christos }
   3510  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3511  1.1.1.3  christos void
   3512  1.1.1.3  christos md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
   3513  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3514  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("ARC-specific assembler options:\n"));
   3515  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3516  1.1.1.4  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mcpu=<cpu name>\t  (default: %s), assemble for"
   3517  1.1.1.4  christos            " CPU <cpu name>, one of:\n", TARGET_WITH_CPU);
   3518  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_show_cpu_list (stream);
   3519  1.1.1.4  christos   fprintf (stream, "\n");
   3520  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mA6/-mARC600/-mARC601  same as -mcpu=arc600\n");
   3521  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mA7/-mARC700\t\t  same as -mcpu=arc700\n");
   3522  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mEM\t\t\t  same as -mcpu=arcem\n");
   3523  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mHS\t\t\t  same as -mcpu=archs\n");
   3524  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3525  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mnps400\t\t  enable NPS-400 extended instructions\n");
   3526  1.1.1.4  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mspfp\t\t  enable single-precision floating point"
   3527  1.1.1.4  christos 	   " instructions\n");
   3528  1.1.1.4  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mdpfp\t\t  enable double-precision floating point"
   3529  1.1.1.4  christos 	   " instructions\n");
   3530  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mfpuda\t\t  enable double-precision assist floating "
   3531  1.1.1.3  christos                    "point\n\t\t\t  instructions for ARC EM\n");
   3532  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3533  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream,
   3534  1.1.1.3  christos 	   "  -mcode-density\t  enable code density option for ARC EM\n");
   3535  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3536  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("\
   3537  1.1.1.3  christos   -EB                     assemble code for a big-endian cpu\n"));
   3538  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("\
   3539  1.1.1.3  christos   -EL                     assemble code for a little-endian cpu\n"));
   3540  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("\
   3541  1.1.1.3  christos   -mrelax                 enable relaxation\n"));
   3542  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3543  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("The following ARC-specific assembler options are "
   3544  1.1.1.3  christos                      "deprecated and are accepted\nfor compatibility only:\n"));
   3545  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3546  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("  -mEA\n"
   3547  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mbarrel-shifter\n"
   3548  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mbarrel_shifter\n"
   3549  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mcrc\n"
   3550  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mdsp-packa\n"
   3551  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mdsp_packa\n"
   3552  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mdvbf\n"
   3553  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mld-extension-reg-mask\n"
   3554  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mlock\n"
   3555  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmac-24\n"
   3556  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmac-d16\n"
   3557  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmac_24\n"
   3558  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmac_d16\n"
   3559  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmin-max\n"
   3560  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmin_max\n"
   3561  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmul64\n"
   3562  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mno-mpy\n"
   3563  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mnorm\n"
   3564  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mrtsc\n"
   3565  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -msimd\n"
   3566  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mswap\n"
   3567  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mswape\n"
   3568  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mtelephony\n"
   3569  1.1.1.3  christos 		     "  -muser-mode-only\n"
   3570  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mxy\n"));
   3571  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3572  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3573  1.1.1.2  christos /* Find the proper relocation for the given opcode.  */
   3574  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3575  1.1.1.2  christos static extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type
   3576  1.1.1.2  christos find_reloc (const char *name,
   3577  1.1.1.2  christos 	    const char *opcodename,
   3578  1.1.1.2  christos 	    const struct arc_flags *pflags,
   3579  1.1.1.2  christos 	    int nflg,
   3580  1.1.1.2  christos 	    extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   3581  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3582  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int i;
   3583  1.1.1.2  christos   int j;
   3584  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean found_flag, tmp;
   3585  1.1.1.2  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type ret = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   3586  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3587  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_equiv_tab; i++)
   3588  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3589  1.1.1.2  christos       const struct arc_reloc_equiv_tab *r = &arc_reloc_equiv[i];
   3590  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3591  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Find the entry.  */
   3592  1.1.1.2  christos       if (strcmp (name, r->name))
   3593  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3594  1.1.1.2  christos       if (r->mnemonic && (strcmp (r->mnemonic, opcodename)))
   3595  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3596  1.1.1.3  christos       if (r->flags[0])
   3597  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3598  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!nflg)
   3599  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   3600  1.1.1.2  christos 	  found_flag = FALSE;
   3601  1.1.1.3  christos 	  unsigned * psflg = (unsigned *)r->flags;
   3602  1.1.1.3  christos 	  do
   3603  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   3604  1.1.1.3  christos 	      tmp = FALSE;
   3605  1.1.1.3  christos 	      for (j = 0; j < nflg; j++)
   3606  1.1.1.3  christos 		if (!strcmp (pflags[j].name,
   3607  1.1.1.3  christos 			     arc_flag_operands[*psflg].name))
   3608  1.1.1.3  christos 		  {
   3609  1.1.1.3  christos 		    tmp = TRUE;
   3610  1.1.1.3  christos 		    break;
   3611  1.1.1.3  christos 		  }
   3612  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (!tmp)
   3613  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   3614  1.1.1.3  christos 		  found_flag = FALSE;
   3615  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   3616  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   3617  1.1.1.3  christos 	      else
   3618  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   3619  1.1.1.3  christos 		  found_flag = TRUE;
   3620  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   3621  1.1.1.3  christos 	      ++ psflg;
   3622  1.1.1.3  christos 	    } while (*psflg);
   3623  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3624  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!found_flag)
   3625  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   3626  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3627  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3628  1.1.1.2  christos       if (reloc != r->oldreloc)
   3629  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3630  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Found it.  */
   3631  1.1.1.2  christos       ret = r->newreloc;
   3632  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3633  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3634  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3635  1.1.1.2  christos   if (ret == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   3636  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("Unable to find %s relocation for instruction %s"),
   3637  1.1.1.2  christos 	    name, opcodename);
   3638  1.1.1.2  christos   return ret;
   3639  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3640  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3641  1.1.1.3  christos /* All the symbol types that are allowed to be used for
   3642  1.1.1.3  christos    relaxation.  */
   3643  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3644  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3645  1.1.1.3  christos may_relax_expr (expressionS tok)
   3646  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3647  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check if we have unrelaxable relocs.  */
   3648  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (tok.X_md)
   3649  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3650  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3651  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3652  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_plt:
   3653  1.1.1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   3654  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3655  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3656  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (tok.X_op)
   3657  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3658  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_symbol:
   3659  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_multiply:
   3660  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_divide:
   3661  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_modulus:
   3662  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_add:
   3663  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_subtract:
   3664  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3665  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3666  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3667  1.1.1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   3668  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3669  1.1.1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   3670  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3671  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3672  1.1.1.3  christos /* Checks if flags are in line with relaxable insn.  */
   3673  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3674  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3675  1.1.1.3  christos relaxable_flag (const struct arc_relaxable_ins *ins,
   3676  1.1.1.3  christos 		const struct arc_flags *pflags,
   3677  1.1.1.3  christos 		int nflgs)
   3678  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3679  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned flag_class,
   3680  1.1.1.3  christos     flag,
   3681  1.1.1.3  christos     flag_class_idx = 0,
   3682  1.1.1.3  christos     flag_idx = 0;
   3683  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3684  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_flag_operand *flag_opand;
   3685  1.1.1.3  christos   int i, counttrue = 0;
   3686  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3687  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Iterate through flags classes.  */
   3688  1.1.1.3  christos   while ((flag_class = ins->flag_classes[flag_class_idx]) != 0)
   3689  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3690  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Iterate through flags in flag class.  */
   3691  1.1.1.3  christos       while ((flag = arc_flag_classes[flag_class].flags[flag_idx])
   3692  1.1.1.3  christos 	     != 0)
   3693  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3694  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flag_opand = &arc_flag_operands[flag];
   3695  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Iterate through flags in ins to compare.  */
   3696  1.1.1.3  christos 	  for (i = 0; i < nflgs; ++i)
   3697  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   3698  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (strcmp (flag_opand->name, pflags[i].name) == 0)
   3699  1.1.1.3  christos 		++counttrue;
   3700  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   3701  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3702  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ++flag_idx;
   3703  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3704  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3705  1.1.1.3  christos       ++flag_class_idx;
   3706  1.1.1.3  christos       flag_idx = 0;
   3707  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3708  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3709  1.1.1.3  christos   /* If counttrue == nflgs, then all flags have been found.  */
   3710  1.1.1.3  christos   return (counttrue == nflgs ? TRUE : FALSE);
   3711  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3712  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3713  1.1.1.3  christos /* Checks if operands are in line with relaxable insn.  */
   3714  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3715  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3716  1.1.1.3  christos relaxable_operand (const struct arc_relaxable_ins *ins,
   3717  1.1.1.3  christos 		   const expressionS *tok,
   3718  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int ntok)
   3719  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3720  1.1.1.3  christos   const enum rlx_operand_type *operand = &ins->operands[0];
   3721  1.1.1.3  christos   int i = 0;
   3722  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3723  1.1.1.3  christos   while (*operand != EMPTY)
   3724  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3725  1.1.1.3  christos       const expressionS *epr = &tok[i];
   3726  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3727  1.1.1.3  christos       if (i != 0 && i >= ntok)
   3728  1.1.1.3  christos 	return FALSE;
   3729  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3730  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (*operand)
   3731  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3732  1.1.1.3  christos 	case IMMEDIATE:
   3733  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!(epr->X_op == O_multiply
   3734  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_divide
   3735  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_modulus
   3736  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_add
   3737  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_subtract
   3738  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_symbol))
   3739  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3740  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3741  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3742  1.1.1.3  christos 	case REGISTER_DUP:
   3743  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((i <= 0)
   3744  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || (epr->X_add_number != tok[i - 1].X_add_number))
   3745  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3746  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3747  1.1.1.3  christos 	case REGISTER:
   3748  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (epr->X_op != O_register)
   3749  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3750  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3751  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3752  1.1.1.3  christos 	case REGISTER_S:
   3753  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (epr->X_op != O_register)
   3754  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3755  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3756  1.1.1.3  christos 	  switch (epr->X_add_number)
   3757  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   3758  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case 0: case 1: case 2: case 3:
   3759  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case 12: case 13: case 14: case 15:
   3760  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   3761  1.1.1.3  christos 	    default:
   3762  1.1.1.3  christos 	      return FALSE;
   3763  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   3764  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3765  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3766  1.1.1.3  christos 	case REGISTER_NO_GP:
   3767  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((epr->X_op != O_register)
   3768  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || (epr->X_add_number == 26)) /* 26 is the gp register.  */
   3769  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3770  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3771  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3772  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BRACKET:
   3773  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (epr->X_op != O_bracket)
   3774  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3775  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3776  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3777  1.1.1.3  christos 	default:
   3778  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Don't understand, bail out.  */
   3779  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return FALSE;
   3780  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3781  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3782  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3783  1.1.1.3  christos       ++i;
   3784  1.1.1.3  christos       operand = &ins->operands[i];
   3785  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3786  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3787  1.1.1.3  christos   return (i == ntok ? TRUE : FALSE);
   3788  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3789  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3790  1.1.1.3  christos /* Return TRUE if this OPDCODE is a candidate for relaxation.  */
   3791  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3792  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3793  1.1.1.3  christos relax_insn_p (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
   3794  1.1.1.3  christos 	      const expressionS *tok,
   3795  1.1.1.3  christos 	      int ntok,
   3796  1.1.1.3  christos 	      const struct arc_flags *pflags,
   3797  1.1.1.3  christos 	      int nflg)
   3798  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3799  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned i;
   3800  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean rv = FALSE;
   3801  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3802  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check the relaxation table.  */
   3803  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_relaxable_ins && relaxation_state; ++i)
   3804  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3805  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_relaxable_ins *arc_rlx_ins = &arc_relaxable_insns[i];
   3806  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3807  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((strcmp (opcode->name, arc_rlx_ins->mnemonic_r) == 0)
   3808  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && may_relax_expr (tok[arc_rlx_ins->opcheckidx])
   3809  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && relaxable_operand (arc_rlx_ins, tok, ntok)
   3810  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && relaxable_flag (arc_rlx_ins, pflags, nflg))
   3811  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3812  1.1.1.3  christos 	  rv = TRUE;
   3813  1.1.1.3  christos 	  frag_now->fr_subtype = arc_relaxable_insns[i].subtype;
   3814  1.1.1.3  christos 	  memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data.tok, tok,
   3815  1.1.1.3  christos 		sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   3816  1.1.1.3  christos 	  memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data.pflags, pflags,
   3817  1.1.1.3  christos 		sizeof (struct arc_flags) * nflg);
   3818  1.1.1.3  christos 	  frag_now->tc_frag_data.nflg = nflg;
   3819  1.1.1.3  christos 	  frag_now->tc_frag_data.ntok = ntok;
   3820  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3821  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3822  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3823  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3824  1.1.1.3  christos   return rv;
   3825  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3826  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3827  1.1.1.2  christos /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
   3828  1.1.1.2  christos    an instruction and a fixup.  */
   3829  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3830  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   3831  1.1.1.2  christos assemble_insn (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
   3832  1.1.1.2  christos 	       const expressionS *tok,
   3833  1.1.1.2  christos 	       int ntok,
   3834  1.1.1.2  christos 	       const struct arc_flags *pflags,
   3835  1.1.1.2  christos 	       int nflg,
   3836  1.1.1.2  christos 	       struct arc_insn *insn)
   3837  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3838  1.1.1.2  christos   const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
   3839  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned long long image;
   3840  1.1.1.2  christos   const unsigned char *argidx;
   3841  1.1.1.2  christos   int i;
   3842  1.1.1.2  christos   int tokidx = 0;
   3843  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned char pcrel = 0;
   3844  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean needGOTSymbol;
   3845  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean has_delay_slot = FALSE;
   3846  1.1.1.2  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   3847  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3848  1.1.1.2  christos   memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
   3849  1.1.1.2  christos   image = opcode->opcode;
   3850  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3851  1.1.1.4  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%d: assemble_insn: %s using opcode %llx\n",
   3852  1.1.1.2  christos 	    frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opcode->name,
   3853  1.1.1.2  christos 	    opcode->opcode);
   3854  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3855  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Handle operands.  */
   3856  1.1.1.2  christos   for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
   3857  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3858  1.1.1.2  christos       const struct arc_operand *operand = &arc_operands[*argidx];
   3859  1.1.1.2  christos       const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
   3860  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3861  1.1.1.4  christos       if (ARC_OPERAND_IS_FAKE (operand))
   3862  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3863  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3864  1.1.1.2  christos       if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
   3865  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3866  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Duplicate operand, already inserted.  */
   3867  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tokidx ++;
   3868  1.1.1.2  christos 	  continue;
   3869  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3870  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3871  1.1.1.2  christos       if (tokidx >= ntok)
   3872  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3873  1.1.1.2  christos 	  abort ();
   3874  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3875  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   3876  1.1.1.2  christos 	t = &tok[tokidx++];
   3877  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3878  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Regardless if we have a reloc or not mark the instruction
   3879  1.1.1.2  christos 	 limm if it is the case.  */
   3880  1.1.1.2  christos       if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
   3881  1.1.1.2  christos 	insn->has_limm = TRUE;
   3882  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3883  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (t->X_op)
   3884  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3885  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_register:
   3886  1.1.1.2  christos 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
   3887  1.1.1.2  christos 				  NULL, 0);
   3888  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3889  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3890  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_constant:
   3891  1.1.1.2  christos 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
   3892  1.1.1.2  christos 	  reloc_exp = t;
   3893  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
   3894  1.1.1.2  christos 	    insn->limm = t->X_add_number;
   3895  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3896  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3897  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_bracket:
   3898  1.1.1.4  christos         case O_colon:
   3899  1.1.1.4  christos         case O_addrtype:
   3900  1.1.1.4  christos 	  /* Ignore brackets, colons, and address types.  */
   3901  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3902  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3903  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_absent:
   3904  1.1.1.2  christos 	  gas_assert (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE);
   3905  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3906  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3907  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_subtract:
   3908  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Maybe register range.  */
   3909  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((t->X_add_number == 0)
   3910  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && contains_register (t->X_add_symbol)
   3911  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && contains_register (t->X_op_symbol))
   3912  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3913  1.1.1.2  christos 	      int regs;
   3914  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3915  1.1.1.2  christos 	      regs = get_register (t->X_add_symbol);
   3916  1.1.1.2  christos 	      regs <<= 16;
   3917  1.1.1.2  christos 	      regs |= get_register (t->X_op_symbol);
   3918  1.1.1.2  christos 	      image = insert_operand (image, operand, regs, NULL, 0);
   3919  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3920  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3921  1.1.1.4  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3922  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3923  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   3924  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* This operand needs a relocation.  */
   3925  1.1.1.2  christos 	  needGOTSymbol = FALSE;
   3926  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3927  1.1.1.2  christos 	  switch (t->X_md)
   3928  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3929  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_plt:
   3930  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (opcode->insn_class == JUMP)
   3931  1.1.1.4  christos 		as_bad (_("Unable to use @plt relocation for insn %s"),
   3932  1.1.1.4  christos 			opcode->name);
   3933  1.1.1.2  christos 	      needGOTSymbol = TRUE;
   3934  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = find_reloc ("plt", opcode->name,
   3935  1.1.1.2  christos 				  pflags, nflg,
   3936  1.1.1.2  christos 				  operand->default_reloc);
   3937  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3938  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3939  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_gotoff:
   3940  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_gotpc:
   3941  1.1.1.2  christos 	      needGOTSymbol = TRUE;
   3942  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
   3943  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3944  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_pcl:
   3945  1.1.1.4  christos 	      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
   3946  1.1.1.4  christos 		{
   3947  1.1.1.4  christos 		  reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
   3948  1.1.1.4  christos 		  if (arc_opcode_len (opcode) == 2
   3949  1.1.1.4  christos 		      || opcode->insn_class == JUMP)
   3950  1.1.1.4  christos 		    as_bad (_("Unable to use @pcl relocation for insn %s"),
   3951  1.1.1.4  christos 			    opcode->name);
   3952  1.1.1.4  christos 		}
   3953  1.1.1.4  christos 	      else
   3954  1.1.1.4  christos 		{
   3955  1.1.1.4  christos 		  /* This is a relaxed operand which initially was
   3956  1.1.1.4  christos 		     limm, choose whatever we have defined in the
   3957  1.1.1.4  christos 		     opcode as reloc.  */
   3958  1.1.1.4  christos 		  reloc = operand->default_reloc;
   3959  1.1.1.4  christos 		}
   3960  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3961  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_sda:
   3962  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = find_reloc ("sda", opcode->name,
   3963  1.1.1.2  christos 				  pflags, nflg,
   3964  1.1.1.2  christos 				  operand->default_reloc);
   3965  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3966  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_tlsgd:
   3967  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_tlsie:
   3968  1.1.1.2  christos 	      needGOTSymbol = TRUE;
   3969  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Fall-through.  */
   3970  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3971  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_tpoff:
   3972  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_dtpoff:
   3973  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
   3974  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3975  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3976  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_tpoff9: /*FIXME! Check for the conditionality of
   3977  1.1.1.2  christos 			     the insn.  */
   3978  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_dtpoff9: /*FIXME! Check for the conditionality of
   3979  1.1.1.2  christos 			      the insn.  */
   3980  1.1.1.2  christos 	      as_bad (_("TLS_*_S9 relocs are not supported yet"));
   3981  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3982  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3983  1.1.1.2  christos 	    default:
   3984  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Just consider the default relocation.  */
   3985  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = operand->default_reloc;
   3986  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3987  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3988  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3989  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (needGOTSymbol && (GOT_symbol == NULL))
   3990  1.1.1.2  christos 	    GOT_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME);
   3991  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3992  1.1.1.2  christos 	  reloc_exp = t;
   3993  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3994  1.1.1.2  christos #if 0
   3995  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (reloc > 0)
   3996  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3997  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* sanity checks.  */
   3998  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
   3999  1.1.1.2  christos 		= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   4000  1.1.1.2  christos 					 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
   4001  1.1.1.2  christos 	      unsigned reloc_bitsize = reloc_howto->bitsize;
   4002  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (reloc_howto->rightshift)
   4003  1.1.1.2  christos 		reloc_bitsize -= reloc_howto->rightshift;
   4004  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (reloc_bitsize != operand->bits)
   4005  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   4006  1.1.1.2  christos 		  as_bad (_("invalid relocation %s for field"),
   4007  1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_get_reloc_code_name (reloc));
   4008  1.1.1.2  christos 		  return;
   4009  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   4010  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4011  1.1.1.2  christos #endif
   4012  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   4013  1.1.1.2  christos 	    as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   4014  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4015  1.1.1.2  christos 	  struct arc_fixup *fixup;
   4016  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   4017  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup->exp = *t;
   4018  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup->reloc = reloc;
   4019  1.1.1.4  christos 	  if ((int) reloc < 0)
   4020  1.1.1.4  christos 	    pcrel = (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_PCREL) ? 1 : 0;
   4021  1.1.1.4  christos 	  else
   4022  1.1.1.4  christos 	    {
   4023  1.1.1.4  christos 	      reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
   4024  1.1.1.4  christos 		bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   4025  1.1.1.4  christos 				       (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   4026  1.1.1.4  christos 	      pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
   4027  1.1.1.4  christos 	    }
   4028  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup->pcrel = pcrel;
   4029  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup->islong = (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM) ?
   4030  1.1.1.2  christos 	    TRUE : FALSE;
   4031  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4032  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4033  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4034  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4035  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Handle flags.  */
   4036  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = 0; i < nflg; i++)
   4037  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4038  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_flag_operand *flg_operand = pflags[i].flgp;
   4039  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4040  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Check if the instruction has a delay slot.  */
   4041  1.1.1.2  christos       if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "d"))
   4042  1.1.1.2  christos 	has_delay_slot = TRUE;
   4043  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4044  1.1.1.4  christos       /* There is an exceptional case when we cannot insert a flag just as
   4045  1.1.1.4  christos 	 it is.  On ARCv2 the '.t' and '.nt' flags must be handled in
   4046  1.1.1.4  christos 	 relation with the relative address.  Unfortunately, some of the
   4047  1.1.1.4  christos 	 ARC700 extensions (NPS400) also have a '.nt' flag that should be
   4048  1.1.1.4  christos 	 handled in the normal way.
   4049  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4050  1.1.1.4  christos 	 Flag operands don't have an architecture field, so we can't
   4051  1.1.1.4  christos 	 directly validate that FLAG_OPERAND is valid for the current
   4052  1.1.1.4  christos 	 architecture, what we do instead is just validate that we're
   4053  1.1.1.4  christos 	 assembling for an ARCv2 architecture.  */
   4054  1.1.1.4  christos       if ((selected_cpu.flags & ARC_OPCODE_ARCV2)
   4055  1.1.1.4  christos 	  && (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "t")
   4056  1.1.1.4  christos 	      || !strcmp (flg_operand->name, "nt")))
   4057  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4058  1.1.1.2  christos 	  unsigned bitYoperand = 0;
   4059  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* FIXME! move selection bbit/brcc in arc-opc.c.  */
   4060  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "t"))
   4061  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (!strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit0")
   4062  1.1.1.2  christos 		|| !strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit1"))
   4063  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bitYoperand = arc_NToperand;
   4064  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   4065  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bitYoperand = arc_Toperand;
   4066  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   4067  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (!strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit0")
   4068  1.1.1.2  christos 		|| !strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit1"))
   4069  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bitYoperand = arc_Toperand;
   4070  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   4071  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bitYoperand = arc_NToperand;
   4072  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4073  1.1.1.2  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_exp != NULL);
   4074  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (reloc_exp->X_op == O_constant)
   4075  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4076  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Check if we have a constant and solved it
   4077  1.1.1.2  christos 		 immediately.  */
   4078  1.1.1.2  christos 	      offsetT val = reloc_exp->X_add_number;
   4079  1.1.1.2  christos 	      image |= insert_operand (image, &arc_operands[bitYoperand],
   4080  1.1.1.2  christos 				       val, NULL, 0);
   4081  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4082  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   4083  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4084  1.1.1.2  christos 	      struct arc_fixup *fixup;
   4085  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4086  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   4087  1.1.1.2  christos 		as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   4088  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4089  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   4090  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
   4091  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup->reloc = -bitYoperand;
   4092  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup->pcrel = pcrel;
   4093  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup->islong = FALSE;
   4094  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4095  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4096  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   4097  1.1.1.2  christos 	image |= (flg_operand->code & ((1 << flg_operand->bits) - 1))
   4098  1.1.1.2  christos 	  << flg_operand->shift;
   4099  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4100  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4101  1.1.1.3  christos   insn->relax = relax_insn_p (opcode, tok, ntok, pflags, nflg);
   4102  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4103  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Instruction length.  */
   4104  1.1.1.4  christos   insn->len = arc_opcode_len (opcode);
   4105  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4106  1.1.1.3  christos   insn->insn = image;
   4107  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4108  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Update last insn status.  */
   4109  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_last_insns[1]		   = arc_last_insns[0];
   4110  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_last_insns[0].opcode	   = opcode;
   4111  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_last_insns[0].has_limm	   = insn->has_limm;
   4112  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_last_insns[0].has_delay_slot = has_delay_slot;
   4113  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4114  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check if the current instruction is legally used.  */
   4115  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot
   4116  1.1.1.3  christos       && is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
   4117  1.1.1.4  christos     as_bad (_("Insn %s has a jump/branch instruction %s in its delay slot."),
   4118  1.1.1.4  christos 	    arc_last_insns[1].opcode->name,
   4119  1.1.1.4  christos 	    arc_last_insns[0].opcode->name);
   4120  1.1.1.4  christos   if (arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot
   4121  1.1.1.4  christos       && arc_last_insns[0].has_limm)
   4122  1.1.1.4  christos     as_bad (_("Insn %s has an instruction %s with limm in its delay slot."),
   4123  1.1.1.4  christos 	    arc_last_insns[1].opcode->name,
   4124  1.1.1.4  christos 	    arc_last_insns[0].opcode->name);
   4125  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4126  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4127  1.1.1.2  christos void
   4128  1.1.1.2  christos arc_handle_align (fragS* fragP)
   4129  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4130  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((fragP)->fr_type == rs_align_code)
   4131  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4132  1.1.1.2  christos       char *dest = (fragP)->fr_literal + (fragP)->fr_fix;
   4133  1.1.1.2  christos       valueT count = ((fragP)->fr_next->fr_address
   4134  1.1.1.2  christos 		      - (fragP)->fr_address - (fragP)->fr_fix);
   4135  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4136  1.1.1.2  christos       (fragP)->fr_var = 2;
   4137  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4138  1.1.1.2  christos       if (count & 1)/* Padding in the gap till the next 2-byte
   4139  1.1.1.2  christos 		       boundary with 0s.  */
   4140  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4141  1.1.1.2  christos 	  (fragP)->fr_fix++;
   4142  1.1.1.2  christos 	  *dest++ = 0;
   4143  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4144  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Writing nop_s.  */
   4145  1.1.1.2  christos       md_number_to_chars (dest, NOP_OPCODE_S, 2);
   4146  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4147  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4148  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4149  1.1.1.2  christos /* Here we decide which fixups can be adjusted to make them relative
   4150  1.1.1.2  christos    to the beginning of the section instead of the symbol.  Basically
   4151  1.1.1.2  christos    we need to make sure that the dynamic relocations are done
   4152  1.1.1.2  christos    correctly, so in some cases we force the original symbol to be
   4153  1.1.1.2  christos    used.  */
   4154  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4155  1.1.1.2  christos int
   4156  1.1.1.2  christos tc_arc_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixP)
   4157  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4158  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4159  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Prevent all adjustments to global symbols.  */
   4160  1.1.1.2  christos   if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy))
   4161  1.1.1.2  christos     return 0;
   4162  1.1.1.2  christos   if (S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy))
   4163  1.1.1.2  christos     return 0;
   4164  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4165  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust_reloc_syms doesn't know about the GOT.  */
   4166  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   4167  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4168  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32:
   4169  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
   4170  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
   4171  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
   4172  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
   4173  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
   4174  1.1.1.2  christos       return 0;
   4175  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4176  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4177  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4178  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4179  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4180  1.1.1.3  christos   return 1;
   4181  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4182  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4183  1.1.1.2  christos /* Compute the reloc type of an expression EXP.  */
   4184  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4185  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   4186  1.1.1.2  christos arc_check_reloc (expressionS *exp,
   4187  1.1.1.2  christos 		 bfd_reloc_code_real_type *r_type_p)
   4188  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4189  1.1.1.2  christos   if (*r_type_p == BFD_RELOC_32
   4190  1.1.1.2  christos       && exp->X_op == O_subtract
   4191  1.1.1.2  christos       && exp->X_op_symbol != NULL
   4192  1.1.1.2  christos       && exp->X_op_symbol->bsym->section == now_seg)
   4193  1.1.1.2  christos     *r_type_p = BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_PCREL;
   4194  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4195  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4196  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4197  1.1.1.2  christos /* Add expression EXP of SIZE bytes to offset OFF of fragment FRAG.  */
   4198  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4199  1.1.1.2  christos void
   4200  1.1.1.2  christos arc_cons_fix_new (fragS *frag,
   4201  1.1.1.2  christos 		  int off,
   4202  1.1.1.2  christos 		  int size,
   4203  1.1.1.2  christos 		  expressionS *exp,
   4204  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type)
   4205  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4206  1.1.1.2  christos   r_type = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   4207  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4208  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (size)
   4209  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4210  1.1.1.2  christos     case 1:
   4211  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_8;
   4212  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4213  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4214  1.1.1.2  christos     case 2:
   4215  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_16;
   4216  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4217  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4218  1.1.1.2  christos     case 3:
   4219  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_24;
   4220  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4221  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4222  1.1.1.2  christos     case 4:
   4223  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_32;
   4224  1.1.1.2  christos       arc_check_reloc (exp, &r_type);
   4225  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4226  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4227  1.1.1.2  christos     case 8:
   4228  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_64;
   4229  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4230  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4231  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4232  1.1.1.2  christos       as_bad (_("unsupported BFD relocation size %u"), size);
   4233  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   4234  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4235  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4236  1.1.1.2  christos   fix_new_exp (frag, off, size, exp, 0, r_type);
   4237  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4238  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4239  1.1.1.2  christos /* The actual routine that checks the ZOL conditions.  */
   4240  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4241  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   4242  1.1.1.2  christos check_zol (symbolS *s)
   4243  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4244  1.1.1.4  christos   switch (selected_cpu.mach)
   4245  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4246  1.1.1.2  christos     case bfd_mach_arc_arcv2:
   4247  1.1.1.4  christos       if (selected_cpu.flags & ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM)
   4248  1.1.1.2  christos 	return;
   4249  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4250  1.1.1.2  christos       if (is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode)
   4251  1.1.1.2  christos 	  || arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot)
   4252  1.1.1.2  christos 	as_bad (_("Jump/Branch instruction detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
   4253  1.1.1.2  christos 		S_GET_NAME (s));
   4254  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4255  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4256  1.1.1.2  christos     case bfd_mach_arc_arc600:
   4257  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4258  1.1.1.2  christos       if (is_kernel_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
   4259  1.1.1.2  christos 	as_bad (_("Kernel instruction detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
   4260  1.1.1.2  christos 		S_GET_NAME (s));
   4261  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4262  1.1.1.2  christos       if (arc_last_insns[0].has_limm
   4263  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
   4264  1.1.1.2  christos 	as_bad (_("A jump instruction with long immediate detected at the \
   4265  1.1.1.2  christos end of the ZOL label @%s"), S_GET_NAME (s));
   4266  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4267  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   4268  1.1.1.2  christos     case bfd_mach_arc_arc700:
   4269  1.1.1.2  christos       if (arc_last_insns[0].has_delay_slot)
   4270  1.1.1.2  christos 	as_bad (_("An illegal use of delay slot detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
   4271  1.1.1.2  christos 		S_GET_NAME (s));
   4272  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4273  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4274  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4275  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4276  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4277  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4278  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4279  1.1.1.2  christos /* If ZOL end check the last two instruction for illegals.  */
   4280  1.1.1.2  christos void
   4281  1.1.1.2  christos arc_frob_label (symbolS * sym)
   4282  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4283  1.1.1.2  christos   if (ARC_GET_FLAG (sym) & ARC_FLAG_ZOL)
   4284  1.1.1.2  christos     check_zol (sym);
   4285  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4286  1.1.1.2  christos   dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
   4287      1.1  christos }
   4288  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4289  1.1.1.3  christos /* Used because generic relaxation assumes a pc-rel value whilst we
   4290  1.1.1.3  christos    also relax instructions that use an absolute value resolved out of
   4291  1.1.1.3  christos    relative values (if that makes any sense).  An example: 'add r1,
   4292  1.1.1.3  christos    r2, @.L2 - .'  The symbols . and @.L2 are relative to the section
   4293  1.1.1.3  christos    but if they're in the same section we can subtract the section
   4294  1.1.1.3  christos    offset relocation which ends up in a resolved value.  So if @.L2 is
   4295  1.1.1.3  christos    .text + 0x50 and . is .text + 0x10, we can say that .text + 0x50 -
   4296  1.1.1.3  christos    .text + 0x40 = 0x10.  */
   4297  1.1.1.3  christos int
   4298  1.1.1.3  christos arc_pcrel_adjust (fragS *fragP)
   4299  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4300  1.1.1.4  christos   pr_debug ("arc_pcrel_adjust: address=%ld, fix=%ld, PCrel %s\n",
   4301  1.1.1.4  christos 	    fragP->fr_address, fragP->fr_fix,
   4302  1.1.1.4  christos 	    fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel ? "Y" : "N");
   4303  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4304  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel)
   4305  1.1.1.3  christos     return fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
   4306  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4307  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Take into account the PCL rounding.  */
   4308  1.1.1.4  christos   return (fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix) & 0x03;
   4309  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4310  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4311  1.1.1.3  christos /* Initialize the DWARF-2 unwind information for this procedure.  */
   4312  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4313  1.1.1.3  christos void
   4314  1.1.1.3  christos tc_arc_frame_initial_instructions (void)
   4315  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4316  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Stack pointer is register 28.  */
   4317  1.1.1.3  christos   cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (28, 0);
   4318  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4319  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4320  1.1.1.3  christos int
   4321  1.1.1.3  christos tc_arc_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
   4322  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4323  1.1.1.3  christos   struct symbol *sym;
   4324  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4325  1.1.1.3  christos   sym = hash_find (arc_reg_hash, regname);
   4326  1.1.1.3  christos   if (sym)
   4327  1.1.1.3  christos     return S_GET_VALUE (sym);
   4328  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4329  1.1.1.3  christos   return -1;
   4330  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4331  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4332  1.1.1.3  christos /* Adjust the symbol table.  Delete found AUX register symbols.  */
   4333  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4334  1.1.1.3  christos void
   4335  1.1.1.3  christos arc_adjust_symtab (void)
   4336  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4337  1.1.1.3  christos   symbolS * sym;
   4338  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4339  1.1.1.3  christos   for (sym = symbol_rootP; sym != NULL; sym = symbol_next (sym))
   4340  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4341  1.1.1.3  christos       /* I've created a symbol during parsing process.  Now, remove
   4342  1.1.1.3  christos 	 the symbol as it is found to be an AUX register.  */
   4343  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ARC_GET_FLAG (sym) & ARC_FLAG_AUX)
   4344  1.1.1.3  christos 	symbol_remove (sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
   4345  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4346  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4347  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Now do generic ELF adjustments.  */
   4348  1.1.1.3  christos   elf_adjust_symtab ();
   4349  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4350  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4351  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4352  1.1.1.3  christos tokenize_extinsn (extInstruction_t *einsn)
   4353  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4354  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p, c;
   4355  1.1.1.3  christos   char *insn_name;
   4356  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char major_opcode;
   4357  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char sub_opcode;
   4358  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char syntax_class = 0;
   4359  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char syntax_class_modifiers = 0;
   4360  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char suffix_class = 0;
   4361  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned int i;
   4362  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4363  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4364  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4365  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 1st: get instruction name.  */
   4366  1.1.1.3  christos   p = input_line_pointer;
   4367  1.1.1.3  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&p);
   4368  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4369  1.1.1.3  christos   insn_name = xstrdup (p);
   4370  1.1.1.3  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
   4371  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4372  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 2nd: get major opcode.  */
   4373  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4374  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4375  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("expected comma after instruction name"));
   4376  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4377  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4378  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4379  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4380  1.1.1.3  christos   major_opcode = get_absolute_expression ();
   4381  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4382  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 3rd: get sub-opcode.  */
   4383  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4384  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4385  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4386  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4387  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("expected comma after major opcode"));
   4388  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4389  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4390  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4391  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4392  1.1.1.3  christos   sub_opcode = get_absolute_expression ();
   4393  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4394  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 4th: get suffix class.  */
   4395  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4396  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4397  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4398  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4399  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad ("expected comma after sub opcode");
   4400  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4401  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4402  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4403  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4404  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4405  1.1.1.3  christos   while (1)
   4406  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4407  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4408  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4409  1.1.1.3  christos       for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (suffixclass); i++)
   4410  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4411  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!strncmp (suffixclass[i].name, input_line_pointer,
   4412  1.1.1.3  christos 			suffixclass[i].len))
   4413  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4414  1.1.1.3  christos 	      suffix_class |= suffixclass[i].attr_class;
   4415  1.1.1.3  christos 	      input_line_pointer += suffixclass[i].len;
   4416  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   4417  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4418  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4419  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4420  1.1.1.3  christos       if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (suffixclass))
   4421  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4422  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad ("invalid suffix class");
   4423  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4424  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   4425  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4426  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4427  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4428  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4429  1.1.1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == '|')
   4430  1.1.1.3  christos 	input_line_pointer++;
   4431  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4432  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   4433  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4434  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4435  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 5th: get syntax class and syntax class modifiers.  */
   4436  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4437  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4438  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad ("expected comma after suffix class");
   4439  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4440  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4441  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4442  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4443  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4444  1.1.1.3  christos   while (1)
   4445  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4446  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4447  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4448  1.1.1.3  christos       for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclassmod); i++)
   4449  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4450  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!strncmp (syntaxclassmod[i].name,
   4451  1.1.1.3  christos 			input_line_pointer,
   4452  1.1.1.3  christos 			syntaxclassmod[i].len))
   4453  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4454  1.1.1.3  christos 	      syntax_class_modifiers |= syntaxclassmod[i].attr_class;
   4455  1.1.1.3  christos 	      input_line_pointer += syntaxclassmod[i].len;
   4456  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   4457  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4458  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4459  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4460  1.1.1.3  christos       if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclassmod))
   4461  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4462  1.1.1.3  christos 	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclass); i++)
   4463  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4464  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (!strncmp (syntaxclass[i].name,
   4465  1.1.1.3  christos 			    input_line_pointer,
   4466  1.1.1.3  christos 			    syntaxclass[i].len))
   4467  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   4468  1.1.1.3  christos 		  syntax_class |= syntaxclass[i].attr_class;
   4469  1.1.1.3  christos 		  input_line_pointer += syntaxclass[i].len;
   4470  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   4471  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   4472  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4473  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4474  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclass))
   4475  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4476  1.1.1.3  christos 	      as_bad ("missing syntax class");
   4477  1.1.1.3  christos 	      ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4478  1.1.1.3  christos 	      return;
   4479  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4480  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4481  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4482  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4483  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4484  1.1.1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == '|')
   4485  1.1.1.3  christos 	input_line_pointer++;
   4486  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4487  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   4488  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4489  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4490  1.1.1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4491  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4492  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->name   = insn_name;
   4493  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->major  = major_opcode;
   4494  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->minor  = sub_opcode;
   4495  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->syntax = syntax_class;
   4496  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->modsyn = syntax_class_modifiers;
   4497  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->suffix = suffix_class;
   4498  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->flags  = syntax_class
   4499  1.1.1.3  christos     | (syntax_class_modifiers & ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED ? 0x10 : 0);
   4500  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4501  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4502  1.1.1.3  christos /* Generate an extension section.  */
   4503  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4504  1.1.1.3  christos static int
   4505  1.1.1.3  christos arc_set_ext_seg (void)
   4506  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4507  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!arcext_section)
   4508  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4509  1.1.1.3  christos       arcext_section = subseg_new (".arcextmap", 0);
   4510  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, arcext_section,
   4511  1.1.1.3  christos 			     SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
   4512  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4513  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   4514  1.1.1.3  christos     subseg_set (arcext_section, 0);
   4515  1.1.1.3  christos   return 1;
   4516  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4517  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4518  1.1.1.3  christos /* Create an extension instruction description in the arc extension
   4519  1.1.1.3  christos    section of the output file.
   4520  1.1.1.3  christos    The structure for an instruction is like this:
   4521  1.1.1.3  christos    [0]: Length of the record.
   4522  1.1.1.3  christos    [1]: Type of the record.
   4523  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4524  1.1.1.3  christos    [2]: Major opcode.
   4525  1.1.1.3  christos    [3]: Sub-opcode.
   4526  1.1.1.3  christos    [4]: Syntax (flags).
   4527  1.1.1.3  christos    [5]+ Name instruction.
   4528  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4529  1.1.1.3  christos    The sequence is terminated by an empty entry.  */
   4530  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4531  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4532  1.1.1.3  christos create_extinst_section (extInstruction_t *einsn)
   4533  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4534  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4535  1.1.1.3  christos   segT old_sec    = now_seg;
   4536  1.1.1.3  christos   int old_subsec  = now_subseg;
   4537  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p;
   4538  1.1.1.3  christos   int name_len    = strlen (einsn->name);
   4539  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4540  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_set_ext_seg ();
   4541  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4542  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4543  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = 5 + name_len + 1;
   4544  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4545  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = EXT_INSTRUCTION;
   4546  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4547  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = einsn->major;
   4548  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4549  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = einsn->minor;
   4550  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4551  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = einsn->flags;
   4552  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (name_len + 1);
   4553  1.1.1.3  christos   strcpy (p, einsn->name);
   4554  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4555  1.1.1.3  christos   subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
   4556  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4557  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4558  1.1.1.3  christos /* Handler .extinstruction pseudo-op.  */
   4559  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4560  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4561  1.1.1.3  christos arc_extinsn (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4562  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4563  1.1.1.3  christos   extInstruction_t einsn;
   4564  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_opcode *arc_ext_opcodes;
   4565  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *errmsg = NULL;
   4566  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char moplow, mophigh;
   4567  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4568  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&einsn, 0, sizeof (einsn));
   4569  1.1.1.3  christos   tokenize_extinsn (&einsn);
   4570  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4571  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check if the name is already used.  */
   4572  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_find_opcode (einsn.name))
   4573  1.1.1.3  christos     as_warn (_("Pseudocode already used %s"), einsn.name);
   4574  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4575  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check the opcode ranges.  */
   4576  1.1.1.3  christos   moplow = 0x05;
   4577  1.1.1.4  christos   mophigh = (selected_cpu.flags & (ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM
   4578  1.1.1.4  christos                                    | ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2HS)) ? 0x07 : 0x0a;
   4579  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4580  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((einsn.major > mophigh) || (einsn.major < moplow))
   4581  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("major opcode not in range [0x%02x - 0x%02x]"), moplow, mophigh);
   4582  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4583  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((einsn.minor > 0x3f) && (einsn.major != 0x0a)
   4584  1.1.1.3  christos       && (einsn.major != 5) && (einsn.major != 9))
   4585  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("minor opcode not in range [0x00 - 0x3f]"));
   4586  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4587  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (einsn.syntax & ARC_SYNTAX_MASK)
   4588  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4589  1.1.1.3  christos     case ARC_SYNTAX_3OP:
   4590  1.1.1.3  christos       if (einsn.modsyn & ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED)
   4591  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Improper use of OP1_IMM_IMPLIED"));
   4592  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4593  1.1.1.3  christos     case ARC_SYNTAX_2OP:
   4594  1.1.1.3  christos     case ARC_SYNTAX_1OP:
   4595  1.1.1.3  christos     case ARC_SYNTAX_NOP:
   4596  1.1.1.3  christos       if (einsn.modsyn & ARC_OP1_MUST_BE_IMM)
   4597  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Improper use of OP1_MUST_BE_IMM"));
   4598  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4599  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   4600  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4601  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4602  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4603  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_ext_opcodes = arcExtMap_genOpcode (&einsn, selected_cpu.flags, &errmsg);
   4604  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_ext_opcodes == NULL)
   4605  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4606  1.1.1.3  christos       if (errmsg)
   4607  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
   4608  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4609  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Couldn't generate extension instruction opcodes"));
   4610  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4611  1.1.1.3  christos   else if (errmsg)
   4612  1.1.1.3  christos     as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
   4613  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4614  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Insert the extension instruction.  */
   4615  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_insert_opcode ((const struct arc_opcode *) arc_ext_opcodes);
   4616  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4617  1.1.1.3  christos   create_extinst_section (&einsn);
   4618  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4619  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4620  1.1.1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   4621  1.1.1.3  christos tokenize_extregister (extRegister_t *ereg, int opertype)
   4622  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4623  1.1.1.3  christos   char *name;
   4624  1.1.1.3  christos   char *mode;
   4625  1.1.1.3  christos   char c;
   4626  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p;
   4627  1.1.1.3  christos   int number, imode = 0;
   4628  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean isCore_p = (opertype == EXT_CORE_REGISTER) ? TRUE : FALSE;
   4629  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean isReg_p  = (opertype == EXT_CORE_REGISTER
   4630  1.1.1.3  christos 			  || opertype == EXT_AUX_REGISTER) ? TRUE : FALSE;
   4631  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4632  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 1st: get register name.  */
   4633  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4634  1.1.1.3  christos   p = input_line_pointer;
   4635  1.1.1.3  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&p);
   4636  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4637  1.1.1.3  christos   name = xstrdup (p);
   4638  1.1.1.3  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
   4639  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4640  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 2nd: get register number.  */
   4641  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4642  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4643  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4644  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4645  1.1.1.4  christos       as_bad (_("expected comma after name"));
   4646  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4647  1.1.1.3  christos       free (name);
   4648  1.1.1.4  christos       return FALSE;
   4649  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4650  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4651  1.1.1.3  christos   number = get_absolute_expression ();
   4652  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4653  1.1.1.4  christos   if ((number < 0)
   4654  1.1.1.4  christos       && (opertype != EXT_AUX_REGISTER))
   4655  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4656  1.1.1.4  christos       as_bad (_("%s second argument cannot be a negative number %d"),
   4657  1.1.1.4  christos 	      isCore_p ? "extCoreRegister's" : "extCondCode's",
   4658  1.1.1.4  christos 	      number);
   4659  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4660  1.1.1.3  christos       free (name);
   4661  1.1.1.4  christos       return FALSE;
   4662  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4663  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4664  1.1.1.3  christos   if (isReg_p)
   4665  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4666  1.1.1.3  christos       /* 3rd: get register mode.  */
   4667  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4668  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4669  1.1.1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4670  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4671  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad (_("expected comma after register number"));
   4672  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4673  1.1.1.3  christos 	  free (name);
   4674  1.1.1.4  christos 	  return FALSE;
   4675  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4676  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4677  1.1.1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   4678  1.1.1.3  christos       mode = input_line_pointer;
   4679  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4680  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!strncmp (mode, "r|w", 3))
   4681  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4682  1.1.1.3  christos 	  imode = 0;
   4683  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 3;
   4684  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4685  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (!strncmp (mode, "r", 1))
   4686  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4687  1.1.1.3  christos 	  imode = ARC_REGISTER_READONLY;
   4688  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 1;
   4689  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4690  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (mode, "w", 1))
   4691  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4692  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad (_("invalid mode"));
   4693  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4694  1.1.1.3  christos 	  free (name);
   4695  1.1.1.4  christos 	  return FALSE;
   4696  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4697  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4698  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4699  1.1.1.3  christos 	  imode = ARC_REGISTER_WRITEONLY;
   4700  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 1;
   4701  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4702  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4703  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4704  1.1.1.3  christos   if (isCore_p)
   4705  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4706  1.1.1.3  christos       /* 4th: get core register shortcut.  */
   4707  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4708  1.1.1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4709  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4710  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad (_("expected comma after register mode"));
   4711  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4712  1.1.1.3  christos 	  free (name);
   4713  1.1.1.4  christos 	  return FALSE;
   4714  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4715  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4716  1.1.1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   4717  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4718  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!strncmp (input_line_pointer, "cannot_shortcut", 15))
   4719  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4720  1.1.1.3  christos 	  imode |= ARC_REGISTER_NOSHORT_CUT;
   4721  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 15;
   4722  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4723  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "can_shortcut", 12))
   4724  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4725  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad (_("shortcut designator invalid"));
   4726  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4727  1.1.1.3  christos 	  free (name);
   4728  1.1.1.4  christos 	  return FALSE;
   4729  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4730  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4731  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4732  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 12;
   4733  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4734  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4735  1.1.1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4736  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4737  1.1.1.3  christos   ereg->name = name;
   4738  1.1.1.3  christos   ereg->number = number;
   4739  1.1.1.3  christos   ereg->imode  = imode;
   4740  1.1.1.4  christos   return TRUE;
   4741  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4742  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4743  1.1.1.3  christos /* Create an extension register/condition description in the arc
   4744  1.1.1.3  christos    extension section of the output file.
   4745  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4746  1.1.1.3  christos    The structure for an instruction is like this:
   4747  1.1.1.3  christos    [0]: Length of the record.
   4748  1.1.1.3  christos    [1]: Type of the record.
   4749  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4750  1.1.1.3  christos    For core regs and condition codes:
   4751  1.1.1.3  christos    [2]: Value.
   4752  1.1.1.3  christos    [3]+ Name.
   4753  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4754  1.1.1.4  christos    For auxiliary registers:
   4755  1.1.1.3  christos    [2..5]: Value.
   4756  1.1.1.3  christos    [6]+ Name
   4757  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4758  1.1.1.3  christos    The sequence is terminated by an empty entry.  */
   4759  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4760  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4761  1.1.1.3  christos create_extcore_section (extRegister_t *ereg, int opertype)
   4762  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4763  1.1.1.3  christos   segT old_sec   = now_seg;
   4764  1.1.1.3  christos   int old_subsec = now_subseg;
   4765  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p;
   4766  1.1.1.3  christos   int name_len   = strlen (ereg->name);
   4767  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4768  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_set_ext_seg ();
   4769  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4770  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (opertype)
   4771  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4772  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_COND_CODE:
   4773  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_CORE_REGISTER:
   4774  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4775  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = 3 + name_len + 1;
   4776  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4777  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = opertype;
   4778  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4779  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = ereg->number;
   4780  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4781  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_AUX_REGISTER:
   4782  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4783  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = 6 + name_len + 1;
   4784  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4785  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = EXT_AUX_REGISTER;
   4786  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4787  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = (ereg->number >> 24) & 0xff;
   4788  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4789  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = (ereg->number >> 16) & 0xff;
   4790  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4791  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = (ereg->number >>  8) & 0xff;
   4792  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4793  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = (ereg->number)       & 0xff;
   4794  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4795  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   4796  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4797  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4798  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4799  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (name_len + 1);
   4800  1.1.1.3  christos   strcpy (p, ereg->name);
   4801  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4802  1.1.1.3  christos   subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
   4803  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4804  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4805  1.1.1.3  christos /* Handler .extCoreRegister pseudo-op.  */
   4806  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4807  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4808  1.1.1.3  christos arc_extcorereg (int opertype)
   4809  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4810  1.1.1.3  christos   extRegister_t ereg;
   4811  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_aux_reg *auxr;
   4812  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *retval;
   4813  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_flag_operand *ccode;
   4814  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4815  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&ereg, 0, sizeof (ereg));
   4816  1.1.1.4  christos   if (!tokenize_extregister (&ereg, opertype))
   4817  1.1.1.4  christos     return;
   4818  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4819  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (opertype)
   4820  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4821  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_CORE_REGISTER:
   4822  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Core register.  */
   4823  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ereg.number > 60)
   4824  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad (_("core register %s value (%d) too large"), ereg.name,
   4825  1.1.1.3  christos 		ereg.number);
   4826  1.1.1.3  christos       declare_register (ereg.name, ereg.number);
   4827  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4828  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_AUX_REGISTER:
   4829  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Auxiliary register.  */
   4830  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr = XNEW (struct arc_aux_reg);
   4831  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr->name = ereg.name;
   4832  1.1.1.4  christos       auxr->cpu = selected_cpu.flags;
   4833  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr->subclass = NONE;
   4834  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr->address = ereg.number;
   4835  1.1.1.3  christos       retval = hash_insert (arc_aux_hash, auxr->name, (void *) auxr);
   4836  1.1.1.3  christos       if (retval)
   4837  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash aux register '%s': %s"),
   4838  1.1.1.3  christos 		  auxr->name, retval);
   4839  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4840  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_COND_CODE:
   4841  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Condition code.  */
   4842  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ereg.number > 31)
   4843  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad (_("condition code %s value (%d) too large"), ereg.name,
   4844  1.1.1.3  christos 		ereg.number);
   4845  1.1.1.3  christos       ext_condcode.size ++;
   4846  1.1.1.3  christos       ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode =
   4847  1.1.1.3  christos 	XRESIZEVEC (struct arc_flag_operand, ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode,
   4848  1.1.1.3  christos 		    ext_condcode.size + 1);
   4849  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode == NULL)
   4850  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
   4851  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4852  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode = ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode + ext_condcode.size - 1;
   4853  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->name   = ereg.name;
   4854  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->code   = ereg.number;
   4855  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->bits   = 5;
   4856  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->shift  = 0;
   4857  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->favail = 0; /* not used.  */
   4858  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode++;
   4859  1.1.1.3  christos       memset (ccode, 0, sizeof (struct arc_flag_operand));
   4860  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4861  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   4862  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("Unknown extension"));
   4863  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4864  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4865  1.1.1.3  christos   create_extcore_section (&ereg, opertype);
   4866  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4867  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4868  1.1.1.4  christos /* Parse a .arc_attribute directive.  */
   4869  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4870  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   4871  1.1.1.4  christos arc_attribute (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4872  1.1.1.4  christos {
   4873  1.1.1.4  christos   int tag = obj_elf_vendor_attribute (OBJ_ATTR_PROC);
   4874  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4875  1.1.1.4  christos   if (tag < NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES)
   4876  1.1.1.4  christos     attributes_set_explicitly[tag] = TRUE;
   4877  1.1.1.4  christos }
   4878  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4879  1.1.1.4  christos /* Set an attribute if it has not already been set by the user.  */
   4880  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4881  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   4882  1.1.1.4  christos arc_set_attribute_int (int tag, int value)
   4883  1.1.1.4  christos {
   4884  1.1.1.4  christos   if (tag < 1
   4885  1.1.1.4  christos       || tag >= NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES
   4886  1.1.1.4  christos       || !attributes_set_explicitly[tag])
   4887  1.1.1.4  christos     bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, tag, value);
   4888  1.1.1.4  christos }
   4889  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4890  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   4891  1.1.1.4  christos arc_set_attribute_string (int tag, const char *value)
   4892  1.1.1.4  christos {
   4893  1.1.1.4  christos   if (tag < 1
   4894  1.1.1.4  christos       || tag >= NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES
   4895  1.1.1.4  christos       || !attributes_set_explicitly[tag])
   4896  1.1.1.4  christos     bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_string (stdoutput, tag, value);
   4897  1.1.1.4  christos }
   4898  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4899  1.1.1.4  christos /* Allocate and concatenate two strings.  s1 can be NULL but not
   4900  1.1.1.4  christos    s2.  s1 pointer is freed at end of this procedure.  */
   4901  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4902  1.1.1.4  christos static char *
   4903  1.1.1.4  christos arc_stralloc (char * s1, const char * s2)
   4904  1.1.1.4  christos {
   4905  1.1.1.4  christos   char * p;
   4906  1.1.1.4  christos   int len = 0;
   4907  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4908  1.1.1.4  christos   if (s1)
   4909  1.1.1.4  christos     len = strlen (s1) + 1;
   4910  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4911  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Only s1 can be null.  */
   4912  1.1.1.4  christos   gas_assert (s2);
   4913  1.1.1.4  christos   len += strlen (s2) + 1;
   4914  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4915  1.1.1.4  christos   p = (char *) xmalloc (len);
   4916  1.1.1.4  christos   if (p == NULL)
   4917  1.1.1.4  christos     as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
   4918  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4919  1.1.1.4  christos   if (s1)
   4920  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   4921  1.1.1.4  christos       strcpy (p, s1);
   4922  1.1.1.4  christos       strcat (p, ",");
   4923  1.1.1.4  christos       strcat (p, s2);
   4924  1.1.1.4  christos       free (s1);
   4925  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   4926  1.1.1.4  christos   else
   4927  1.1.1.4  christos     strcpy (p, s2);
   4928  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4929  1.1.1.4  christos   return p;
   4930  1.1.1.4  christos }
   4931  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4932  1.1.1.4  christos /* Set the public ARC object attributes.  */
   4933  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4934  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   4935  1.1.1.4  christos arc_set_public_attributes (void)
   4936  1.1.1.4  christos {
   4937  1.1.1.4  christos   int base = 0;
   4938  1.1.1.4  christos   char *s = NULL;
   4939  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned int i;
   4940  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4941  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_CPU_name.  */
   4942  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_set_attribute_string (Tag_ARC_CPU_name, selected_cpu.name);
   4943  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4944  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_CPU_base.  */
   4945  1.1.1.4  christos   switch (selected_cpu.eflags & EF_ARC_MACH_MSK)
   4946  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   4947  1.1.1.4  christos     case E_ARC_MACH_ARC600:
   4948  1.1.1.4  christos     case E_ARC_MACH_ARC601:
   4949  1.1.1.4  christos       base = TAG_CPU_ARC6xx;
   4950  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
   4951  1.1.1.4  christos     case E_ARC_MACH_ARC700:
   4952  1.1.1.4  christos       base = TAG_CPU_ARC7xx;
   4953  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
   4954  1.1.1.4  christos     case EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2EM:
   4955  1.1.1.4  christos       base = TAG_CPU_ARCEM;
   4956  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
   4957  1.1.1.4  christos     case EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2HS:
   4958  1.1.1.4  christos       base = TAG_CPU_ARCHS;
   4959  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
   4960  1.1.1.4  christos     default:
   4961  1.1.1.4  christos       base = 0;
   4962  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
   4963  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   4964  1.1.1.4  christos   if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_CPU_base]
   4965  1.1.1.4  christos       && (base != bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
   4966  1.1.1.4  christos 					    Tag_ARC_CPU_base)))
   4967  1.1.1.4  christos     as_warn (_("Overwrite explicitly set Tag_ARC_CPU_base"));
   4968  1.1.1.4  christos   bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, Tag_ARC_CPU_base, base);
   4969  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4970  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ABI_osver.  */
   4971  1.1.1.4  christos   if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_ABI_osver])
   4972  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   4973  1.1.1.4  christos       int val = bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
   4974  1.1.1.4  christos 					  Tag_ARC_ABI_osver);
   4975  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4976  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.eflags = ((selected_cpu.eflags & ~EF_ARC_OSABI_MSK)
   4977  1.1.1.4  christos 			     | (val & 0x0f << 8));
   4978  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   4979  1.1.1.4  christos   else
   4980  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   4981  1.1.1.4  christos       arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_osver, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT >> 8);
   4982  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   4983  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4984  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ISA_config.  */
   4985  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_check_feature();
   4986  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4987  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
   4988  1.1.1.4  christos     if (selected_cpu.features & feature_list[i].feature)
   4989  1.1.1.4  christos       s = arc_stralloc (s, feature_list[i].attr);
   4990  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4991  1.1.1.4  christos   if (s)
   4992  1.1.1.4  christos     arc_set_attribute_string (Tag_ARC_ISA_config, s);
   4993  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4994  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option.  */
   4995  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option, mpy_option);
   4996  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4997  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ABI_pic.  */
   4998  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_pic, pic_option);
   4999  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5000  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ABI_sda.  */
   5001  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_sda, sda_option);
   5002  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5003  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ABI_tls.  */
   5004  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_tls, tls_option);
   5005  1.1.1.4  christos }
   5006  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5007  1.1.1.4  christos /* Add the default contents for the .ARC.attributes section.  */
   5008  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5009  1.1.1.4  christos void
   5010  1.1.1.4  christos arc_md_end (void)
   5011  1.1.1.4  christos {
   5012  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_set_public_attributes ();
   5013  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5014  1.1.1.4  christos   if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
   5015  1.1.1.4  christos     as_fatal (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
   5016  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5017  1.1.1.4  christos   bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, selected_cpu.eflags);
   5018  1.1.1.4  christos }
   5019  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5020  1.1.1.4  christos void arc_copy_symbol_attributes (symbolS *dest, symbolS *src)
   5021  1.1.1.4  christos {
   5022  1.1.1.4  christos   ARC_GET_FLAG (dest) = ARC_GET_FLAG (src);
   5023  1.1.1.4  christos }
   5024  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5025  1.1.1.4  christos int arc_convert_symbolic_attribute (const char *name)
   5026  1.1.1.4  christos {
   5027  1.1.1.4  christos   static const struct
   5028  1.1.1.4  christos   {
   5029  1.1.1.4  christos     const char * name;
   5030  1.1.1.4  christos     const int    tag;
   5031  1.1.1.4  christos   }
   5032  1.1.1.4  christos   attribute_table[] =
   5033  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   5034  1.1.1.4  christos #define T(tag) {#tag, tag}
   5035  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_PCS_config),
   5036  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_CPU_base),
   5037  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_CPU_variation),
   5038  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_CPU_name),
   5039  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16),
   5040  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_osver),
   5041  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_sda),
   5042  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_pic),
   5043  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_tls),
   5044  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_enumsize),
   5045  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_exceptions),
   5046  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_double_size),
   5047  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ISA_config),
   5048  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ISA_apex),
   5049  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option)
   5050  1.1.1.4  christos #undef T
   5051  1.1.1.4  christos     };
   5052  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned int i;
   5053  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5054  1.1.1.4  christos   if (name == NULL)
   5055  1.1.1.4  christos     return -1;
   5056  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5057  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (attribute_table); i++)
   5058  1.1.1.4  christos     if (streq (name, attribute_table[i].name))
   5059  1.1.1.4  christos       return attribute_table[i].tag;
   5060  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5061  1.1.1.4  christos   return -1;
   5062  1.1.1.4  christos }
   5063  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5064  1.1.1.3  christos /* Local variables:
   5065  1.1.1.3  christos    eval: (c-set-style "gnu")
   5066  1.1.1.3  christos    indent-tabs-mode: t
   5067  1.1.1.3  christos    End:  */
   5068